NOSUWAT6 EIAEMPReport

GEOENPRO PETROLEUM LIMITED
EIA for Development & Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field,

District Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited, New Delhi
JUNE 2015
EIA for Development & Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District
Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY…………………………………………………………………………….. vi-xiv
CHAPTER-1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND ………………………………………………………………………………... 1-1

1.1.1 Project Benefits and Objectives ……………………………………………………….. 1-3
1.1.2 Project Proponent ……………………………………………………………………… 1-3
1.1.3 EIA Consultant ………………………………………………………………………... 1-4
1.1.4 Purpose of EIA Study………………………………………………………………….. 1-4
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF KHARSANG OIL FIELD BLOCK ………………………………………. 1-4
1.3 LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS…………………..…………………………………. 1-5
1.4 SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY……………………………………………………….…………. 1-6
1.5 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY………………………………………….. 1-8
1.5.1 Approach of the EIA Study……………………………………...…………………….. 1-8
1.5.2 Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status…………………..………………….. 1-9
1.5.3 Field Study/Monitoring for Generation of Primary Data……………………………… 1-9
1.5.4 Environmental Impact Assessment ……………………………………………………. 1-9
1.6 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT………………………………………………………………. 1-16
CHAPTER-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 KEY INFORMATION ………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1

2.2 PROJECT OBJECTIVES ………………………………………………………………………. 2-1
2.3 PROJECT LOCATION…………………………………………………………………………. 2-2
2.4 PRIOR TO DRILLING……………………………………………..…………………………… 2-6
2.4.1 Site Survey…………….…………….…………….…………………………………… 2-6
2.4.2 Road and Site Construction………………………………………..…………..……..... 2-6
2.5 DRILLING OPERATION …………..…………..…………….................................................... 2-6
2.5.1 Drilling Operation Process Description………………………………………………... 2-9
2.5.2 Components of Drilling Rig…………………………………………………………… 2-10
2.5.3 Well Construction……………………………………………………………………… 2-13
2.5.4 Drilling Fluids………………………………………………………………………….. 2-13
2.5.5 Cementing Program……………………………………………………………………. 2-16
2.5.6 Well Evaluation………………………………………………………………………... 2-16
2.5.7 Completion of Drilling………………………………………………………………… 2-17
2.5.8 Rig Demobilization……………………………………………………………………. 2-17
2.5.9 Restoration…………………..…………………………………………………………. 2-17
2.6 OIL STORAGE TANK AND LOADING SYSTEM…………………………………………… 2-18
2.7 STAFFING………………………………………………………................................................. 2-22
2.8 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT…………………………………………………………………. 2-22
2.9 NOISE, AIR EMISSIONS, EFFLUENTS AND SOLID WASTE GENERATION……………. 2-24
2.10 EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES……………………………………………… 2-27
CHAPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………..…………………………………... 3-1

3.2 SITE DESCRIPTION AND ITS ENVIRONS …………………………………………………. 3-1
3.3 REGIONAL SETTING ……….………………………………………………………………… 3-3
3.3.1 Topography & Geology ………………………………….............................................. 3-3
3.3.2 Seismicity ……….…………………………………………………….......................... 3-7
3.4 STATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………………….. 3-8
3.4.1 Climate & Micro-Meteorology………………………………………………………… 3-8
3.4.2 Land Use Land Cover…………………………………………………………….……. 3-10
3.4.3 Soil Characteristics…………………………………………………………………….. 3-12
3.4.4 Water Environment ...………………………………………………………………….. 3-15
3.4.5 Air Environment ...…………………………………………………………………….. 3-22
3.4.6 Noise Environment …………………………………………………………………..... 3-28
3.4.7 Biological Environment………………………………………………………………... 3-32
3.4.8 Socio-Economic Environment ………………………………………………………… 3-42
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. i

CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT……….…….………….…………... 4-1

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF INTERACTIONS……………………………………………………… 4-2
4.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES……….……………….……........ 4-2
4.3.1 Air Environment ….………….………….………….………….………….………....... 4-3
4.3.2 Noise and Vibration…..…….………….………….………….………….……..…........ 4-9
4.3.3 Water Environment…….….………….………….………….……………..……..……. 4-10
4.3.4 Land Environment …….………….………….……………..……..……....................... 4-10
4.3.5 Biological Environment ……….……………..……..……..……..……......................... 4-11
4.3.6 Socio Economic Environment …….………….………….……………..……..……… 4-11
4.4 IMPACT EVALUATION……………………………………………………………………….. 4-12
4.5 IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE……………………………………………………………………… 4-12
CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………………….…….………….……….. 5-1
CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1 INTRODUCTION ………………………………………………………..……………….…….. 6-1

6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT …………………………………………..……………….……………… 6-1
6.2.1 Identification of Hazards in Drilling and Production Testing Operations……………... 6-3
6.2.2 Development & Exploratory Drilling in Kharsang Oil Field………………….............. 6-4
6.2.3 QRA Approach……….………….…………………………………….......................... 6-5
6.2.4 Mitigation Measures ……………….….………………………………………………. 6-7
6.2.5 Occupational Health…………………………………………………………………… 6-9
6.2.6 Frequency of Occurrence of Accident Scenario………….………….……………….... 6-10
6.2.7 Conclusion …………………………………………………………………………….. 6-11
6.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………………... 6-11
6.3.1 Introduction……………………………………………………………..……………… 6-11
6.3.2 Statutory Requirements………………………………………………………………... 6-12
6.3.3 Cause of Emergency…………………………………………………………………… 6-12
6.3.4 Emergency Classification……………………………………………………………… 6-13
6.3.5 Methodology of DMP Preparedness…………………………………………………… 6-13
6.3.6 Emergency Response Group…………………………………………………………… 6-13
6.3.7 Onsite Disaster Management Plan……………………………………………………... 6-14
6.3.8 Emergency Procedures ………………………………………………………………... 6-17
6.3.9 Offsite Emergency Plan………………………………………………………………... 6-20
CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS
7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS ……………………………………………………………...................... 7-1
CHAPTER-8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN….... 8-1

8.2 MITIGATION PLAN…………………………………………………………………………… 8-3
8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS TRAINING.…………………………………………….. 8-8
8.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………….………………………… 8-9
8.5 RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION…………………………………………………… 8-13
8.6 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST FOR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES……....... 8-13
CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
9.1 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION …………………………………………………………….. 9-1
CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
10.1 INTRODUCTION……………………………………………………………………………….. 10-1

10.2 QUALITY OF SERVICES…………………………………….………………………………... 10-1
10.3 AREA OF SPECIALIZATION…………………………………………………………….…… 10-1
10.4 RESOURCES…………………………………………………………………………….……… 10-2
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ii

LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE - I Copy of Existing EC, Environmental Compliance Report and CTO

ANNEXURE - II Copy of Approved TOR, Form - 1 and PFR
ANNEXURE - III Copy of Application for Forest Diversion of Proposed Project
ANNEXURE - IV Copy of Existing Forest Clearances for Kharsang Field
ANNEXURE - V No Objection Certificate (NOC) from Nampong Forest Division
ANNEXURE - VI HSE Policy
LIST OF TABLES
Page
Table No. Title
No.
Table 1.1 Applicable Acts and Guidelines …………………………………………………...... 1-5

Table 1.2 TOR Compliance Status…………………………………………………………….. 1-9
Table 2.1 Co-ordinates and Area of Kharsang Oil Field...…………………………………….. 2-2
Table 2.2 Co-ordinates and Area of the Drilling Area................................................................. 2-2
Table 2.3 Ingredients of Water Based Drilling Fluid ………………………..……………….. 2-14
Table 2.4 Special Additives and their Function in Water Based Drilling Fluids………………. 2-14
Table 2.5 Kharsang OCS Process Equipment Details………………………………………….. 2-18
Table 2.6 Water Utilization Per Well…………………………………………………………... 2-23
Table 3.1 Meteorological data of the Study Area………………………………………………. 3-9
Table 3.2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area……………………………………………. 3-10
Table 3.3 Co-ordinates of the Soil Sampling Location…………………………………………. 3-12
Table 3.4 Analysis Result of Soil Sampling …………………………………………………… 3-14
Table 3.5 Co-ordinates of the Water Sampling Location………………………………………. 3-16
Table 3.6 Ground Water Quality Analytical Results…………………………………………… 3-19
Table 3.7 Surface Water Quality Analytical Results…………………………………………… 3-20
Table 3.8 Co-ordinates of the Air Quality Monitoring Location………………………………. 3-22
Table 3.9 Method of Analysis for Different Air Quality Parameters………………………….. 3-23
Table 3.10 Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored in the Study Area ……………………………. 3-26
Table 3.11 Summary of SO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area …………………………....... 3-26
Table 3.12 Summary of NO2 Levels in the Study Area …………………………........................ 3-27
Table 3.13 Summary of VOC Levels in the Study Area …………………………....................... 3-27
Table 3.14 Summary of HC Levels in the Study Area ………………………….......................... 3-27
Table 3.15 Summary of H2S Levels in the Study Area………………………….......................... 3-28
Table 3.16 Location of the Noise Monitoring Stations …………………………......................... 3-28
Table 3.17 Summary of Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area ………………..... 3-31
Table 3.18 List of Flora found in Study Area…………………………………………………… 3-35
Table 3.19 List of Plant Species having Medicinal & Economical Importance………………... 3-37
Table 3.20 List of Important Fauna in the Study Area………………………………………….. 3-39
Table 3.21 List of Common Fishes Found in the Study Area…………………………………… 3-41
Table 3.22 Demographic Profile of the Villages falling in Study Area………………………….. 3-42
Table 3.23 Educational Facilities in Villages falling in Study Area……………………………... 3-42
Table 3.24 Drinking Water Facilities of Villages falling in Study Area………………………… 3-44
Table 3.25 Sanitation Facilities of Villages falling in Study Area………………………………. 3-44
Table 4.1 Interactions between Project Activity and Environmental Sensitivities……………. 4-2
Table 4.2 Stack & Emission Characteristics…………………………………………………… 4-4
Table 4.3 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of NO x
(μg/m3)………………………………………………………………………………. 4-5
Table 4.4 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of SO2
(μg/m3)………………………………………………………………………………. 4-6
Table 4.5 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of PM10
(μg/m3)………………………………………………………………………………. 4-6
Table 4.6 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of HC
(μg/m3)…..................................................................................................................... 4-7
Table 4.7 Occupational and Human Exposure Levels ………………………………………… 4-9
Table 4.8 Impact Significance Criteria………………………………………………………… 4-12
Table 4.9 Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity (Without Mitigation
Measures)…………………………………………………………………………… 4-13
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iii
LIST OF TABLES
Page
Table No. Title
No.
Table 4.10 Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity (With Mitigation
Measures)…………………………………………………………………………… 4-13
Table 5.1 Recommended Environmental Monitoring Protocol - During Drilling Phase……. 5-1
Table 5.2 Recommended Environmental Monitoring Protocol - Post Drilling……………….. 5-2
Table 6.1 Co-ordinates of the Kharsang Oil Field….…………………………………………. 6-4
Table 6.2 Bulk Hazardous Chemical Storage facility at Drilling Site (tentative)…………….. 6-5
Table 6.3 Risk Classification………………………………………………………………….. 6-5
Table 6.4 Damage due to Overpressure……………………………………………………….. 6-6
Table 6.5 Possible Major Scenarios…………………………………………………………… 6-7
Table 6.6 Fire Extinguishers Distribution……………………………………………………... 6-9
Table 6.7 Occupational Health hazards and mitigating measures…………………………….. 6-10
Table 6.8 Frequency occurrence for various accidents scenarios……………………………… 6-10
Table 8.1 Environmental Management Plan - Mitigation Management Matrix (Prior to
Drilling Phase)……………………………………………………………………… 8-4
Table 8.2 Environmental Management Plan - Mitigation Management Matrix (During
Drilling Phase)............................................................................................................. 8-5
Table 8.3 Waste Management Plan …………………………………………………………..... 8-9
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Figure 1.1 Project Location Map……………………………………...……............................. 1-2

Figure 2.1 Project Location Map……………………………………...……............................. 2-4
Figure 2.2 Kharsang Oil Field Surface Layout…………………………………………….... 2-5
Figure 2.3 (a) Foundation Layout of Drilling Rig………………………………………………… 2-7
Figure 2.3 (b) Layout of Drilling Rig with Facilities…………………………………………….. 2-8
Figure 2.4 (a) Flow diagram of Development Well Drilling Process……………………………. 2-9
Figure 2.4 (b) Flow diagram of Exploratory Well Drilling Process………………………………. 2-10
Figure 2.5 The Anatomy of Drilling Rig……………………………………………………… 2-11
Figure 2.6 Typical Drill Fluid Circulation System……………………………………………. 2-15
Figure 2.7 (a) Oil Collection System of Kharsang Oil Field……………………………………….. 2-20
Figure 2.7 (b) Oil Collection System Layout of Kharsang Oil Field………………………………. 2-21
Figure 2.8 Water Balance …………………………………………………………………… 2-23
Figure 3.1 Study Area Map…………………………………………………………………… 3-2
Figure 3.2 Elevation Map of Block Area …………………………………………………….. 3-4
Figure 3.3 Slope Map of Block Area…………………………………………………………. 3-5
Figure 3.4 Structure Map with Oil Fields of Assam-Arakan Basin …………………………… 3-6
Figure 3.5 Generalised Lithostratigraphic Succession of Kharsang Oil Field Area……………. 3-7
Figure 3.6 Seismic Zonation Map of India ……………………………………………………. 3-8
Figure 3.7 Windrose Diagram………………………………………………………………… 3-10
Figure 3.8 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Block Area…………………………………… 3-11
Figure 3.9 Soil Sampling Location Map……………………………………………………… 3-13
Figure 3.10 Triangular Classification of Soil…………………………………………………… 3-15
Figure 3.11 Ground Water Sampling Location Map………………………………………… 3-17
Figure 3.12 Surface Water Sampling Location Map………………………………………… 3-18
Figure 3.13 Air Quality Sampling Location Map……………………………………………… 3-24
Figure 3.14 Noise Quality Sampling Location Map…………………………………………… 3-30
Figure 3.15 Kharsang Oil Field Study Area Map (10 Km and 15 Km Radius) and Its Distance
from Namdapha National Park……………………………………………………… 3-33
Figure 4.1 Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment……………………………. 4-1
Figure 4.2 Isopleths plot of concentration for NOX (μg/m3)…………………………………… 4-5
Figure 4.3 Isopleths plot of concentration for SO2 (μg/m3)…………………………………….. 4-6
Figure 4.4 Isopleths plot of concentration for PM10 (μg/m3)…………………………………… 4-7
Figure 4.5 Isopleths plot of concentration for HC (μg/m3)……………………………………... 4-8
Figure 6.1 Organizational Setup for the On-site DMP ………………………………………… 6-15
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iv
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Figure 6.2 Flow Chart of On-Site Emergency Plan…………………………………………….. 6-19
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
ACE Asian Consulting Engineers

APSPCB Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board
ATC Auxiliary Team Controller
BDL Below Detection Limit
BOP Blow Out Preventer
BOPD Barrels of Oil per day
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CTTF Custody Transfer Tank Farm
DG Diesel Generators
DMP Disaster Management Plan
ECC Emergency Control Centre
ERP Emergency Response Plan
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEPL GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited
H2S Hydrogen Sulphide
HC Hydrocarbon
HSD High Speed Diesel
HSE Health, Safety and Environment
KLPD Kilo Liters Per Day
KOF Kharsang Oil Field
MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest
MTOE Million Tonnes of Oil Equivalent
PM Particulate Matter
PML Petroleum Mining Lease
PSC Production Sharing Contract
SIC Site Incident Controller
SMC Site Main Controller
OCS Oil Collecting Station
OHS Occupational Health Centre
OIL Oil India Limited
OISD Oil Industry Safety Directorate
QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
WBM Water-Based Mud
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. v

EX E C U TI V E
SU M M A R Y
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
Project Highlights
The Kharsang Field is located in the state of Arunachal Pradesh, about 50 Km east of Digboi
Refinery and is part of the Assam-Arakan Basin. The field was discovered in 1975 by M/s Oil
India Ltd. (OIL) and was put into regular production in 1983. Oil India drilled a total of 36
wells till 1995 and the total production was around 265 Barrels of Oil per day (BOPD) as of
1995.
In 1995, for further development of the field, Government of India (GOI) awarded the
Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) to a Consortium comprising of the following partners under a
Production Sharing Contract (PSC) dated 16th June, 1995.
• Oil India Limited (40%)
• Geopetrol International Inc (25%)
• Jubilant Energy Pvt. Ltd. (25%)
• GeoEnpro Petroleum Ltd. (10%)
At present, total well count at Kharsang Oil Field is 70 wells and present crude oil production
is around 1000 BOPD and gas production is around 50,000 m3/day. GeoEnpro was designated
as the Operator of the Kharsang Oil Field. Kharsang Oil Field has a total Mining Lease area
of 11 Sq.Km. GeoEnpro has proposed Development Drilling of Forty (40) wells and
exploratory/appraisal drilling of Five (05) wells in Kharsang Oil Field, Changlang District,
Arunachal Pradesh state. The Total Project Cost is INR 720 Crores.
Objective and Scope of EIA study
The Objective of the EIA study is to meet the regulatory criteria to obtain environmental
clearance from the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) as well as to ascertain a
sustainable development through the assessment of likely impacts due to project related
activities on the surrounding environment. The study envisages likely assessment of negative
impacts and alleviation of these negative impacts, to such extent that it avoids/mitigates any
harm/ permanent changes in the naturally existing environment.
The scope of the EIA study includes detailed characterization of the existing status of the
environment within the study area, identification of the potential environmental impacts of the
project, and formulation of an effective Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to prevent,
control & mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, and ensuring the environmental
compliance. Apart from suggesting mitigation measures to the negative impacts, the report
also includes implementation of various positive and enhancement measures as a part of
project benefit program to people of the nearby areas. This report is based on the TOR
approved by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India (GoI) vide
letter no. letter no. J-11011/341/2014 IA II (I) dated 29th April 2015.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vi

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
GeoEnpro intends to drill about Forty (40) Developmental Wells and Five (05)
Appraisal/Exploratory Wells in Kharsang Oil Field, Changlang District, of Arunachal
Pradesh.
The salient features of the project have been summarized in the following table:
Name of the Project : Development & Exploratory/Appraisal Drilling

at Kharsang Oil Field
Location : Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh State
Size of the Project : Kharsang Oil Field: 11 sq.km (1100 Hectare)
Each Drilling Location: 30,000 Sqm
Number of Proposed : 40 Wells
Development Wells
Number of Proposed : 05 wells

Exploratory/Appraisal Wells:
Type of Hydrocarbon Expected : Oil & Gas
Total Estimated Drilling Period : 35-75 days depending upon drilling depth
for each Well
Production Testing for each Well : Developmental Wells: 3-5 Days
Exploratory Wells: 30 Days
Proposed Drilling Fluid for each : Water-based Mud System
well
Anticipated Volume of Drill : 100 -200 m3
Cutting for each Well
Water Requirement for each well : 50 KLD
Well Depth : Developmental Wells: 600-1600 m

Exploratory Wells: 3000-4500 m
Distance of the Block from the : Jairampur Town : approx. 6-7 km towards
Nearest Town/City South-west (aerial distance)
Kharsang Town: approx. 4 km
Estimated Cost of the Project : INR 720 Crores
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
The different components of the Environment, namely Air, Noise, Water (Surface and
Ground Water), Soil, Ecology and Socio-Economy of the Study Area have been defined in
this chapter. An area circumferencing the center of Kharsang Oil Field with a radial distance
of 10 km has been taken up as the Study Area. Both Primary and Secondary Information are
used to assess the Baseline Condition. One season monitoring of various environmental
parameters were carried out from March to May, 2015.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vii

Topography& Geology
The Block is located in the south-eastern part of Arunachal Pradesh. The terrain is mostly
hilly but for the Kharsang area which is flat. The general elevation of the Kharsang Oil Field
varies from 166 m a.s.l in the north of the boundary to 525 m a.s.l away from it towards
south. Except for the built-up present in the north of the oil field, the complete area is forest
land interspersed by small patches of cultivated and waste lands at few places.
The Kharsang Field lies in the northeast of Upper Assam Valley, 40 km east of Digboi oil
field, between the Naga and Disang thrusts of the Assam-Arakan Basin. Kharsang oilfield is
located in the folded and thrust affected “Belt of Schuppen” which forms the southeastern part
of the Upper Assam Basin. The field is an anticline associated with the Margherita thrust
system.
Seismic Consideration
According to seismic-zoning map of India [IS 1893: 2002], the study region falls in Zone V
of the seismic zones of India.
Climate and Meteorology
The study area lies in the lower elevation of Changlang district having hot and humid climate
in general.
The project region has only three seasons i.e. summer, winter and rainy. August is the
hottest month during which temperature exceeds 30.2 degree Celsius. December to February
months is cold. January is the coldest month when the average maximum and minimum
temperature is about 22.0 degree Celsius and 13.0 degree Celsius respectively. The annual
rainfall of Changlang district ranges between 3800 mm and 4866 mm.
The average temperature (March to May) varies from 24.3 degree Celsius to 29.2 degree
Celsius. The predominant winds blowing mainly from North (N) during the study period. The
calm wind (wind speed < 1 knots) conditions prevailed for 35.87 % of the total time. The
average wind speed recorded during this time is 2.2 knots or 1.11 m/s
Land Use
The Land Use Land Cover (LULC) within the block has been studied and it can be broadly
classified into 4 categories only i.e. River, Forest, Waste Land, and Built-up. The land use
distribution in the study area is given in Table 1.
Table 1: Land Use Distribution of the Study Area
Area Percentage
S. No. Land Use Category
(in km2) (in %)
1 River 0.052 0.49
2 Built-Up Area 2.094 19.76
3 Waste Land 0.818 7.72
4 Forest 7.635 72.04
Total 10.599 100
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. viii

Soil Characteristics
Ten (10) Soil samples were collected from different places within the study area. The
sampling and analysis of soil were carried out as per standards of IS: 2720. The textural
analysis of soil revealed the sandy nature of the soil. Soil pH varied in the range 5.8 to 6.9,
with an average value of 6.4, it denotes that the soil is slightly acidic. The soil has brownish
appearance and possess good amount of the nutrient elements nitrogen, phosphorus and
potassium.
Water Quality
Four (04) surface water samples and Four (04) ground water samples were collected. The
sampling and analysis of water were carried out as per Standard Methods of Water and
Wastewater Analysis (APHA). The result of water samples is compared with IS: 10500-2012
drinking water standard to assess their suitability for drinking purpose.
It is observed from the analyzed data that the content of Iron and Fluoride in ground water
samples is higher than the desirable limits of IS: 10500:2012, because of naturally high level,
which is is also reported by the CGWB. The pH of surface water at one location is also above
the desirable limit. The other parameters have been found to be within the limits as per
standards.
Air Quality
Air quality was monitored at 8 different locations within the study area. The PM10, SOX and
NO2 were within the permissible limit at all the sampling location.
The VOC, Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) and methane & non-methane Hydrocarbon (HC) were
also monitored. The VOC and H2S were found below detection limit (BDL) at all the
sampling location. The methane and non-methane HC were found in the range of 0.23 to 1.02
µg/m3 and 0.14 to 0.68 µg/m3.
Noise Quality
Ambient noise intensity at Ten (10) locations within one km radial area of the proposed wells
has been collected. The values of noise level, which were recorded were in the range of 41.9
to71.6 dB (A) at day time and 31.0 to 59.1 dB (A) at night time. The noise level was well
within the permissible limit as per the Ambient Noise Standards.
Biological Characteristics
The study area falls in the Namchik Reserve Forest region covered with dense mixed jungle.
Apart from this, the area is generally a degraded block with presence of coal mines and other
anthropogenic activities and does not have any ecologically and/or sensitive area within its 10
Km and 15 Km radius. The Namdapha National Park, which is the largest protected area in
the Eastern Himalaya Biodiversity Hotspot, is situated at a distance of 25.41 Km and 11 Km
from the Project Site and its 15 Km radius respectively. Most of the plants are tropical and
sub-tropical wet evergreen and semi- evergreen variety. The common flora includes Gmelia
arborea, Castanopsis indica, Sapium baccatum, Bischofia javanica, Terminalia myriocarpa,
Artocarpus chaplasha, Duabanga grandiflora, Neolamarckia cadamba, Albizia procera and
Sterculia villosa.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ix

Among fauna Canis aureus, Felis chaus, Rattus rattus, Muntiacus muntjack etc.are common
in the area. The area has a rich avifaunal diversity. Some important species are Aceros
nipalensis, Buceros bicornis and Tragopan temminckii . The flora and fauna of the study area
which also includes some endangered plants and animals are detailed in chapter-3.
Socio-Economic Environment
The summary of the demography profile of habitations in the study area as per the Census of
India data (2011) is given in Table 2.
Table 2: Demography Profile of Habitations in Study Area
Name of Total no. of Population Literacy

S.No.
Village Households Male Female Total Rate
1 Longtom I 252 621 499 1,120 38.44%

2 Longtom II 46 162 126 288 51.35%
3 Injan 13 33 37 70 39.22%
4 Kharsang H.Q. I 410 1,025 895 1,920 79.16%
Total 721 1,841 1,557 3,398
Source: Census of India, 2011
4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES
The proposed project of Developmental and Exploratory Drilling includes the following
activities during construction and operation phase:
 Site preparation (clearance of land, earthing, digging, etc)
 Drilling Operations
 Atmospheric emissions (gas flaring, vehicular emissions, etc)
 Operational discharges
 Noise levels
 Solid/Wastewater/Hazardous waste generation
 Use of resources such as water requirement for construction activities & other
operations (drilling, etc) and fuel for D.G sets for power generation
 Transport of personnel and materials
 Fuel storage and handling
Based upon the aspect impact interaction and baseline information, the following impacts are
anticipated for which suitable mitigation measures have been proposed.
Air Environment
The site preparation activities (such as clearance of land, etc), operation of generators and
other machineries & equipments, gas flaring activities, transportation of materials &
personnel, and fugitive emissions have the impact on air quality during construction as well as
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. x

operation phase. However, the impacts during the construction phase shall be temporary,
restricted to the construction site and adoption of suitable measures (such as routine
maintenance of the vehicles/machineries, etc); whereas impacts during the operation phase
shall be minimized by adopting good maintenance practices and suitable measures such as
adequate stack height, special flare tip design for effective combustion etc.
Noise Quality
The main sources of noise generation during the construction and operation phase are:
 Site preparation activities (earth work, digging, etc)
 Operation of machineries and equipments (such as DG sets, Power Packs, Rig
Engines, Compressor, Draw-Works, mud pumps, etc)
 Movement of vehicles
The impacts due to these activities have been envisaged to be local and temporary in
construction phase and also, adopting suitable measures such as routine maintenance of
vehicles/machineries, use of noise attenuation devices, shall minimize the impacts in
construction as well as in operation phase.
Water Quality
The water quality is likely to get affected due to installation of pipeline, operational &
domestic discharges, hydraulic testing of pipeline and accidental spillage of lubricants, oil &
other chemicals from the operation of rigs and other equipments & machineries. However,
these impacts shall be minimized by adopting precautionary and suitable measures such as
utilization of effluent treatment plant and mobile ETP, RO plant, utilization of produced
water, etc.
Soil Quality
The quality of soil is likely to get affected due to accidental spillage of lubricants & other
chemicals, operational discharges, site preparation activities (such as removal of top soil due
to land clearance, etc) wastewater discharges, and deployment of rigs, etc. However impacts
shall be mitigated by adoption of suitable measures and implementation of waste management
plan.
Biological Environment
The impacts on flora and fauna may occur due to site preparation activities (land clearance,
etc), gas flaring activities, movement of vehicles, noise generation from machineries &
equipments, operational discharges and accidental spillage of oil, lubricants and other
chemicals during construction and operation phase. However, these impacts shall be local and
minimized by adopting suitable measures (such as adequate flare tip design, use of noise
attenuation devices, waste management plan etc).
Socio-Economic Environment
The nearby human settlement is likely to get affected due to proposed activities (such as
installation of pipeline, movement of vehicles, operation of generators, compressors and other
machineries & equipments, gas flaring activities, etc) during construction and operation
phase. However, these impacts shall be mitigated by adopting suitable measures such as waste
management plan, special flare tip design for effective combustion, etc.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xi
The proposed activities will generate indirect employment opportunities in the region. The
proposed project will also result in the implementation of social welfare project as per
Company’s CSR policy and improvement in existing infrastructure facilities (such as roads,
etc).
5. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
An Environmental Monitoring Program is suggested to monitor environmental parameters

during the proposed activities. The Monitoring program is given in the following sections.
Drilling & Completion of wells
Drilling Operation Phase and Post Drilling & Well Completion
Natural Resources: Daily monitor the quantity of each type of material (including water
consumption) and fuel used at project site during drilling operation phase.
Air Quality: Monitoring of PM10, NOx, SO2, VOCs and HC (methane & non-methane) at the
project site, once in a month during drilling operation phase.
Noise Quality: Monitor the noise level and maintenance of machineries at the project site,
once in a month during drilling operation phase at project site.
Water Quality: The analysis of pH, conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD etc are to be
monitored where water up to 1Km radius from project site, once during drilling operation
phase and after the well completion.
Wastewater Generation: Daily record the wastewater generation quantity at the project site
during the drilling operation phase.
Oil Wastes: Daily record the spent oil from engines in log book during the drilling operation
phase at drilling site. If no spent oil is produced, the same should be noted in the logbook.
Drilling Waste: During the drilling operation phase, monitor and record the generation of
waste quantity on daily basis whereas in post drilling phase, quantification, characterization of
drill cuttings and its safe disposal as per G.S.R. 546 (E), dated 30/08/05.
6. ADDITIONAL STUDIES
GeoEnpro is committed to maintain high standards for health and safety at all times.
However, on rare occasions, an unplanned event can have the potential to jeopardize the
safety of the crew and cause environmental damage. Potential non-routine events that may
occur during the Drilling Operation:
 Blowout
 Oil Spills
 Gas leakage
 Fire (if gas comes in contact with source of ignition)
 Occupational Hazards
Specific procedures and training will be carried out to ensure that the correct action would be
taken in the event of unplanned occurring. The operating personnel will be provided PPEs and
trained for such an eventuality and the key responsible people will be required to hold
relevant well control certifications.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xii
GeoEnpro has well outlined emergency response and contingency plan to:
 Obtain an early warning of emergency conditions so as to prevent a negative impact on

personnel, the environment, and assets;
 Safeguard personnel to prevent injuries or loss of life by either protecting personnel from
the hazard and/or evacuating them from the facilities;
 Minimize the impact of such an event on the environment and the facilities by mitigating
the potential for escalation and, where possible, containing the release.
Different staffs will be given different scale of responsibilities to take care during the
emergency situation. All care is being taken to avoid any kind of hazard to human health and
property, environmental components and local plants and animal species.
7. PROJECT BENEFITS
The project will enhance reliable hydrocarbon supplies, which will bring economic benefits
and provide indirect employment opportunities to the local people and also benefit the area by
way of improvement in existing infrastructure.
8. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Site-specific Environment Management Plans (EMP) has been developed to prevent and
mitigate significant adverse impacts and to accentuate beneficial impacts. The relevant
mitigation measures are proposed for the following environment issues.
 Rig Mobilization
 Wastewater and Effluent Management
 Fuels, Lubricants and Chemicals
 Non-routine events and accidental releases (Well kicks, blow out)
 Air emissions
 Noise and Vibration
 Solid wastes (hazardous and non-hazardous waste)
 Soil quality
 Ecological Impacts
 Socio-economic impacts
To facilitate field level implementation, a waste management plan is framed which will be
subjected to fine tuning depending on site conditions. Appropriate measures and engineering
practices will be taken as per established standards and requirements such as adequate stack
height, effluent discharge as per CPCB standards, installation of generators set as per notified
norms by MoEF, installation of HSD Tanks, fire protection system and occupational health
safety program as per OISD rules and Factories Act etc. Socio-economic welfare plan shall
also be implemented as per company’s CSR policy.
Environmental training is also an essential part, which will help to ensure that the
requirements of the EMP are clearly understood and followed by all project personnel
throughout the project period for operations. The primary responsibility for providing training
to all project personnel will be that of the HSE Officer, Geo Enpro.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xiii

9. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

This EIA study has been conducted for identification of impacts based on the analyzed data
(collection from primary and secondary sources) and mitigation measures for minimizing any
environmental impact due to the project operations has been suggested. Impacts due to
operation of machineries and equipments, operational discharges, accidental spillage of
lubricants, oil and other chemicals, movement of vehicles, flaring activities, etc during
construction and operational phase may affect the terrestrial environment. However, all these
impacts shall be minimized by adopting suitable measures, suggested in Environment
Management Plan (EMP). As a result of the control measures and management processes in
place, there should be no significant impact resulting from the proposed operations.
In general, this project will bring economic benefits, increase energy security of the country
and generate employment opportunities.
10. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is QCI-NABET accredited EIA consulting
organization (Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for varied sectors including Onshore
And Offshore Oil and Gas Exploration and Development and Transportation of Oil and Gas
through Pipelines (Category A). ACE has been awarded ISO 9001: 2008 certified (Certificate
no: 22340/10/S) by RINA, to provide consultancy services for water supply, waste water
treatment, municipal solid waste management, environment and social impact assessment,
environment impact and audit, remote sensing and geographical information systems. ACE
has provided its consulting services and has successfully completed projects in India and
other countries including Mongolia, U.A.E., Vietnam, etc. ACE has carried out EIA and EMP
studies for Oil & Gas, infrastructure and industrial developmental sectors; HSE compliance
audits; and has also been involved in design of water supply, wastewater management,
industrial waste treatment, solid wastes and hazardous wastes management systems.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xiv

1
IN TR O D U C TIO N
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
The Kharsang Field is located in the state of Arunachal Pradesh, about 50 Km east of Digboi
Refinery and is part of the Assam-Arakan Basin. The field was discovered in 1975 by M/s Oil
India Ltd. (OIL) and was put into regular production in 1983. Oil India drilled a total of 36
wells till 1995 and the total production was around 265 Barrels of Oil per day (BOPD) as of
1995.
In 1995, for further development of the field, Government of India (GOI) awarded the
Kharsang Oil Field to a Consortium comprising of the following partners under a Production
Sharing Contract (PSC) dated 16th June, 1995.
 Oil India Limited (40%)

 Geopetrol International Inc (25%)
 Jubilant Energy Pvt. Ltd. (25%)
 GeoEnpro Petroleum Ltd. (10%)
GeoEnpro was designated as the Operator of the Kharsang Oil Field. Kharsang Oil Field has a
total Mining Lease area of 11 Sq.Km.
The GOI entered into twenty-five years PSC with the consortium, with an extension provision
of further 10 years. MOEF vide letter no. F.No. J-11011 /389/2006-IA II (I), dated November
15, 2007 granted the EC for drilling of 40 wells. After obtaining the EC in 2007, the
consortium has drilled 29 development wells till date, under different drilling phases, at the
Kharsang Oil Field out of the 40 wells for which EC was granted. A copy of existing EC and
six (06) monthly compliance report submitted to MoEF regional office and Consent to
Operate (CTO) is annexed as Annexure - I.
At present, total well count at Kharsang Oil Field is 70 wells and present crude oil production
is around 1000 BOPD and gas production of around 50,000 m3/day.
GeoEnpro has proposed Development Drilling of 40 wells and exploratory/appraisal drilling

of 5 wells in Kharsang Oil Field in Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh state. The
estimated cost of the proposed project is INR 720 Crores. Figure 1.1 shows the project
location map.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

EIA for Development & Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
Figure 1.1: Project Location Map

1.1.1 Project Benefits and Objectives
As per International Energy Outlook 2010, the GDP of India will grow from 2918 Billion
USD in 2007 to 4847 Billion USD in 2015. To sustain the growth, the consumption of
Petroleum Products will also increase. The Energy Information Administration (EIA) projects
India‟s demand will more than double to 8.2 million bbl/d by 2040, while domestic
production will remain relatively flat, hovering around 1 million bbl/d. The per capita
consumption of energy in India is one of the lowest in the world (around 0.3 tonnes of
O+OEG compared to world average of 1.8 tonnes). With a population of 1.21 billion, the
country‟s energy needs are expected to grow about four fold from 493 Million Tonnes of Oil
Equivalent (MTOE) to 1856 MTOE by 2032. Hydrocarbon sector plays pivotal role in India‟s
energy sector with 52% share in the commercial energy basket.
At present, over 75% of India‟s oil requirements are being met by imports. India‟s known oil
and gas reserves form mere 0.8% of the world reserves of petroleum. Given the limited
reserves and growing demand, India is heavily dependent on import of crude oil and
petroleum products. Current demand and supply projections indicate that the level of self-
sufficiency is likely to decline below 25% over the next few years. Substantial efforts are
therefore necessary to boost the exploratory activity in the country. This will enable to
discover new hydrocarbon fields and the level of crude oil and gas production can then be
significantly increased in the years to come.
In the view of above, the proposed drilling activities at Kharsang Oil Field Area are expected
to increase the production of the field to around 4000 BOPD, thereby contributing to the
overall indigenous hydrocarbon production of the country, in the present scenario of growing
demand of oil and gas in the country. The implementation of the project will also benefit the
Regional/ Local Area of the Region by way of creating infrastructural facilities like Roads,
Drainage, etc and also by providing Direct/Indirect Employment to the Local Population.
1.1.2 Project Proponent
GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited (GEPL) is an Indian registered company and is a 50-50 joint
venture between Jubilant Enpro Limited and Geopetrol Mauritius Ltd. Jubilant Enpro is
rapidly growing company involved in, among other activities, oil and gas exploration and
production. Geopetrol is an oil and gas Exploration and Production (E&P) company with
operations in France, Vietnam, and India.
GEPL was established in early 1995 to carry out oil and gas E&P business in India, when the
Government of India (GOI) decided to invite private participation in oil and gas E&P
business for infusing foreign technology and private investment. GEPL became one of the
first private companies to enter into a PSC, along with other consortium partners, on June 16,
1995 with GOI for expansion of oil and gas activities at KOF in Arunachal Pradesh. At
present, GEPL is active at KOF project with Head Office at Noida and a full-fledged camp
office at KOF operational area.
The production from Kharsang Field was around 1347 BOPD of crude oil, 60,000 m3/day of
natural gas during the year 2014-15.

1.1.3 EIA Consultant
In line with the industry‟s best practices and the regulatory obligations on Environmental
Protection, GeoEnpro has proposed to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
study for the proposed project entitled “Drilling of 40 Development Wells and 5 Exploratory /
Appraisal Wells at Kharsang Oil Field, Arunachal Pradesh” as per the Ministry of
Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, approved Terms of Reference (ToR)
vide letter no. J-11011/341/2014 IA II (I) dated 29th April 2015, for which it has engaged M/s
Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited to carry out Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) studies.
This EIA report has been prepared for the above mentioned project comprising of 40
development wells and 5 exploratory/appraisal wells to obtain Environmental Clearance (EC)
from the MoEF, Government of India.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is QCI-NABET accredited EIA Consulting
Organization (Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for varied sectors including Offshore
and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production & Oil and Gas transportation
through pipelines. The Quality Management System of ACE is ISO 9001:2008 Certified.
ACE has provided its consulting services and has successfully completed projects in India and
other countries including Mongolia, U.A.E., Vietnam, etc. ACE has carried out EIA and EMP
studies for Oil & Gas, Infrastructure and Industrial Developmental Sectors; HSE Compliance
Audits; and has also been involved in Design of Water Supply, Wastewater Management,
Industrial Waste Treatment, Solid Wastes and Hazardous Wastes Management Systems.
1.1.4 Purpose of EIA Study
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a systematic process to identify, predict and

evaluate the environmental effects of proposed actions and projects. The purpose of EIA
study is to provide information on the environmental consequences of the proposed actions
and promote environmentally sound as well as sustainable development through the
identification of appropriate enhancement and mitigation measures. The EMP (Environmental
Management Plan) provides a plan meant for reducing the adverse impacts of the project. It
also helps in identifying alternatives that will ensure minimal environmental degradation.
This may be via modification in project design, implementation of project alternative(s),
environmental protection measures and other solutions which will help in reducing the
severity & magnitude of impacts.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF KHARSANG OIL FIELD BLOCK

GeoEnpro intends to undertake development drilling of 40 wells and exploratory/appraisal
drilling of 5 wells in Kharsang Oil Field Area in Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh state.
The Block covers an area of 11 sq.km and is rectangular in shape admeasuring nearly 3.8 Km
in E-W direction and 2.9 Km in N-S direction. KOF can be easily approached by road from
Dibrugarh in Assam and is located at a distance of nearly 120 Km from Dibrugarh.
NamphukHka (river) flows just north of KOF essentially from east to west direction and
touches central portion of the northern boundary of KOF. HaithongWa, LongkhungWa and
TingtaiWa (nullah) are the important nullahs flowing essentially from south to north direction
and discharge in NamphukHka.

1.3 LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
GeoEnpro‟s exploration and developmental activities conforms to all applicable National and
International legislations, regulations, conventions, etc., in India. The proposed project shall
also abide by the Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Guidelines and Standards.
Recognizing the need of Environmental Safety, GeoEnpro has established a HSE Policy for
Environmental Protection. A list of applicable Acts and Rules is described in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Applicable Acts and Guidelines
Issues Applicable Legislation

Hazardous 1) The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules there under -
Substances & a) Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-
Wastes boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 and amendments
thereafter;
b) Guidelines for disposal of solid wastes by Oil Drilling and
Gas Extraction industry as notified, vide notification dated
GSR 546 (E) August 2005;
c) Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals
1989 and amendments thereafter.
2) The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules 1991
3) The Petroleum Act, 1934
Water 4) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and
amendments thereafter
5) The Environment Protection Act, 1986 - Standards for liquid
discharge by Oil Drilling and Gas Extraction industry as
notified vide notification dated GSR 176 (E) April 1996.
Air 6) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and
amendments thereafter.
7) The Environment Protection Act, 1986 – Guidelines for
discharge for gaseous emissions by Oil Drilling and Gas
Extraction industry as notified vide notification dated GSR 176
(E) April 1996
8) The Environment (Protection) Second Amendment Rules, 2002
– Emission Standards for New Generator Sets.
9) The Factories Act, 1948 and amendments thereafter.
Noise 10) The Environment (Protection) Second Amendment Rules, 2002
(Noise Limits for New Generator Sets).
11) The Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000.
Safety and 12) Oil Mines Regulations, 1984.
Protection against
13) Oil Field (Regulation and Development) Act 1948 and The
Pollution of
Petroleum & Natural Gas Rules, 1959 and amendments
Environment
thereafter.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY
The scope of the EIA study includes detailed characterization of the existing status of the
environment within the project area, identification of the potential environmental impacts of
the project on the environment and formulation of an effective Environmental Management
Plan (EMP) to prevent, control & mitigate the potential adverse environmental impacts to
ensure environmental compliance.
The Terms of Reference (ToR) for this project were approved by MoEF vide letter no. J-
11011/341/2014 IA II (I) dated 29th April 2015. A copy of approved terms of reference (ToR)
and Form-1 along with Pre Feasibility Report (PFR) is annexed as Annexure - II.
The Committee prescribed the following TORs for the preparation of EIA/EMP report:
A. Standard ToR
1. Executive summary of a project
2. Project description, project objectives and project benefits.
3. Site details within 1 km of the each proposed well, any habitation, any other
installation/activity, flora and fauna, approachability to site, other activities including
agriculture/land, satellite imagery for 10 km area.
4. Details of forest land involved in the proposed project. A copy of forest clearance letter,
if applicable.
5. Details of National Park/Wild life Sanctuary/Reserve Forest/Eco sensitive area within
10 km distance.
6. Permission from the State Forest Department regarding the impact of the proposed
project on the surrounding National Park/Wild life Sanctuary/Reserve Forest/Eco
sensitive area, if any. Approval obtained from the State/Central Government under
Forest (Conservation Act, 1980 for the forestland should be submitted.
7. Distance from nearby critically/severely polluted area as per Notification dated
13thJanuary, 2010, if applicable.
8. Does proposal involves rehabilitation and resettlement? If yes, details thereof.
9. Details of project cost.
10. Details of project facilities such as GGS, oil storage, pipeline, ETP, oil collection
system etc to be installed.
11. Environmental considerations in the selection of the drilling locations for which
environmental clearance is being sought. Present any analysis suggested for minimizing
the foot print giving details of drilling and development options considered.
12. Baseline data collection for air, water and soil for one season leaving the monsoon
season in an area of 10 km radius with centre of Oil Field as its centre covering the area
of all proposed drilling wells.
a) Topography of the project site.
b) Ambient Air Quality monitoring at 8 locations for PM10, SO2, NOx, VOCs,
Methane and non-methane HC ( 1 month)

c) Soil sample analysis (physical and chemical properties) at the areas located at 5
locations.
d) Ground and surface water quality in the vicinity of the proposed wells site.
e) Climatology and Meteorology including wind speed, wind direction,
temperature rainfall relative humidity etc.
f) Measurement of Noise levels within 1 km radius of the proposed wells.
g) Vegetation and land use; Animal resources
13. Incremental GLC as a result of DG set operation.
14. Potential environmental impact envisages during various stages of project activities
such as site activation, development, operation/ maintenance and decommissioning.
15. Actual source of water and „Permission‟ for the drawl of water from the Competent
Authority. Detailed water balance, wastewater generation and discharge.
16. Noise abatement measures and measures to minimize disturbance due to light and visual
intrusions in case coastally located.
17. Treatment and disposal of waste water.
18. Treatment and disposal of solid waste generation.
19. Disposal of spent oil and lubes.
20. Storage of chemicals and diesel at site.
21. Commitment for the use of WBM only
22. Mud make up and mud and cutting disposal – all options considered should be listed
with selective option.
23. Hazardous material usage, storage accounting and disposal.
24. Disposal of packaging waste from site.
25. Oil spill emergency plans in respect of recovery/ reclamation.
26. H2S emissions control.
27. Produced oil handling and storage.
28. Details of scheme for oil collection system along with process flow diagram and its
capacity.
29. Details of control of air, water and noise pollution in oil collection system.
30. Disposal of produced/formation water.
31. Whether any burn pits being utilized for well test operations.
32. Restoration and decommissioning plans which should include mud pits and wastage
restoration also and documentation and monitoring of site recovery.
33. Measures to protect ground water and shallow aquifers from contamination.
34. Risk assessment and disaster management plan for independent reviews of well
designed construction etc. for prevention of blow out.
35. Environmental management plan.

36. Documentary proof of membership of common disposal facilities, if any.

37. Details of environmental and safety related documentation within the company
including documentation and proposed occupational health and safety Surveillance
Safety Programme for all personnel at site. This should also include monitoring
programme for the environmental.
38. Total capital and recurring cost for environmental control measures.
39. A copy of Corporate Environment Policy of the company as per the Ministry‟s O.M.No.
J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 26th April, 2011 available on the Ministry‟s website.
40. Any litigation pending against the project and or any direction/order passed by any
court of law against the project. If so details thereof.
41. A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of above TORs.
B. Additional ToR Points
1. Forest clearance to be obtained for 94.712ha forest land.
2. Public hearing is exempted as per para 7(i) III Stage (3) (i) (b) of EIA Notification, 2006
on the ground that as public hearing was conducted on 11.07.2007 for the same block.
The following general points should be noted:
(i) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

(ii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
(iii) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.
(iv) The letter/application for EC should quote the MOEF file No. and also attach a copy
of the letter.
(v) A copy of the letter received from the Ministry should be also attached as an
annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.
(vi) The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the issues in
this letter. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter
and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report where the above issues have been
incorporated.
The Committee exempted the public hearing as per para 7 (ii) of EIA Notification, 2006 as
per para 7(ii) of EIA Notification, 2006 on the ground that as public hearing was conducted
on 11.07.2007. The Committee prescribed the above TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP
reports. The proponent should prepare EIA/EMP Report based on the above TORs and the
final EIA/EMP report submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.
1.5 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY
1.5.1 Approach of the EIA Study
The EIA study basically includes establishment of the present environmental scenario within
the study area. EIA report consists of study of the specific activities related to the project and
evaluation of the probable environmental impacts, thus, leading to the recommendations of
necessary environmental pollution control measures. The entire EIA study has been carried
out on the basis of approved ToR (J-11011/341/2014 IA II (I) dated 29th April 2015) and

applicable Environmental Legislation, Regulations and Guidelines of MoEF, Government of

India.
1.5.2 Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status
A comprehensive database on the baseline environmental status/conditions of the study area (entire
field area) has been established through review, compilation & analysis of:
 Published secondary data/ literature/ information collected, and

 Primary data collected through field study, survey and monitoring.
1.5.3 Field Study/Monitoring for Generation of Primary Data
The collected secondary data has been appropriately supplemented by conducting the
necessary primary data generation/ collection through field study/monitoring. The field
monitoring has been carried out as per the guidelines of CPCB & BIS and requirement of the
MoEF.
i) Land Use Pattern: Study of Land use pattern in the study area was carried out by
standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data followed by ground truthing
and visual interpretation of satellite data. For this purpose, satellite imagery of
LANDSAT 8 with a spatial resolution of 15 m was processed through remote sensing
and GIS techniques and softwares to arrive at land use and land cover pattern of the
study area.
ii) Geology: Information about the regional geology in and around the project area was
collected from available reports/literatures.
iii) Soil Analysis: To study the soil characteristics in the study area, soil samples were
collected from representative locations and analyzed for important relevant physical
& chemical parameters.
iv) Water Quality Monitoring: For drawing up the baseline data on water quality, water
quality monitoring was conducted at representative locations in the study area.
Ground and Surface water samples were collected and analyzed for important
relevant physical and chemical parameters.
v) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: For drawing up the baseline status of ambient air
quality in the study area, ambient air quality monitoring in respect of PM10, SO2, NO2,
HC (methane and non methane), VOC and Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) has been
conducted at representative locations in the study area.
vi) Noise Monitoring: To establish the ambient noise scenario in the study area,
monitoring of ambient noise level has been carried out at the representative locations
in the study area using a suitable portable sound level meter over a period of 24
hours.
1.5.4 Environmental Impact Assessment
This includes collection of primary data through field investigations, environmental

monitoring and secondary data from sources like Maps, Reports, Scientific Literatures etc.
The collected data will be then analyzed for identification of impacts and to arrive at cost
effective mitigation measures. The Environmental Impact Assessment has been conducted in
accordance with the norms and guidelines of the MoEF/CPCB Government of India.

Table 1.2: TOR Compliance Status
Reference in the EIA Report

S.No. Terms of Reference (ToR) Chapter Section/Sub
Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
A. Standard ToR
1. Executive summary of a project - - - Attached.
2. Project description, project objectives and project benefits. 2 2.1 2-1

-
7 7.1 7-1
3. Site details within 1 km of the each proposed well, any habitation, 3 3.2; 3.4 3-1; 3-8
any other installation/activity, flora and fauna, approachability to site,
-
other activities including agriculture/land, satellite imagery for 10 km
area.
4. Details of forest land involved in the proposed project. A copy of 3 3.4.7 3-32 Forest clearance of diversion 94.172 ha
forest clearance letter, if applicable. forest land for proposed project is under
process. A copy of application of the
same is annexed as Annexure - III.
A copy of existing forest clearances of
diversion of forest land for petroleum
operations in Kharsang Field (diverted by
OIL India and GeoEnpro (4.88 ha)) is
annexed as Annexure - IV.
5. Details of National Park/Wild life Sanctuary/Reserve Forest/Eco 3 3.4.7 3-32 The proposed project area does not have
sensitive area within10 km distance. any ecologically and/or sensitive area
within its 10 Km and 15 Km radius.
However, the proposed project area falls


Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
under the Nalchik Reserve Forest region
covered with dense mixed jungle.
6. Permission from the State Forest Department regarding the impact of 3 3.4.7 3-32 A copy of No Objection Certificate
the proposed project on the surrounding National Park/Wild life (NOC) issued from Nampong Forest
Sanctuary/Reserve Forest/Eco sensitive area, if any. Approval division: Jairampur is annexed as
obtained from the State/Central Government under Forest Annexure - V.
(Conservation Act, 1980 for the forestland should be submitted.
7. Distance from nearby critically/severely polluted area as per - - - Not Applicable

Notification dated 13thJanuary, 2010, if applicable.
8. Does proposal involves rehabilitation and resettlement? If yes, details - - - No. The proposed project does not
thereof. involve rehabilitation and resettlement.
9. Details of project cost. 2 2.1 2-1 -
10. Details of project facilities such as GGS, oil storage, pipeline, ETP, 2 2.5; 2.6; 2.7; 2-6; 2-18;
-
oil collection system etc to be installed. 2.8; 2.9 2-20; 2-22
11. Environmental considerations in the selection of the drilling locations 2 2.5 2-6
for which environmental clearance is being sought. Present any
-
analysis suggested for minimizing the foot print giving details of
drilling and development options considered.
12. Baseline data collection for air, water and soil for one season leaving 3 3.4 3-8
the monsoon season in an area of 10 km radius with centre of Oil
-
Field as its centre covering the area of all proposed drilling wells.
a) Topography of the project site.


Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
b) Ambient Air Quality monitoring at 8 locations for PM10,
SO2, NOx, VOCs, Methane and non-methane HC ( 1 month)
c) Soil sample analysis (physical and chemical properties) at the
areas located at 5 locations.
d) Ground and surface water quality in the vicinity of the
proposed wells site.
e) Climatology and Meteorology including wind speed, wind
direction, temperature rainfall relative humidity etc.
f) Measurement of Noise levels within 1 km radius of the
proposed wells.
g) Vegetation and land use; Animal resources
13. Incremental GLC as a result of DG set operation. 4 4.3.1 4-3 -
14. Potential environmental impact envisages during various stages of 4 4.3 4-3
project activities such as site activation, development, operation/ -
maintenance and decommissioning.
15. Actual source of water and „Permission‟ for the drawl of water from 2 2-8; 2-9 2-20; 2-22
the Competent Authority. Detailed water balance, wastewater -
generation and discharge.
16. Noise abatement measures and measures to minimize disturbance due 4 4.3.2 4-9
-
to light and visual intrusions in case coastally located.
17. Treatment and disposal of waste water. 2 2.9 2-22

4 4.3.3 4-10 -
8 8.2; 8.3 8-4; 8-9


Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
18. Treatment and disposal of solid waste generation. 2 2.9 2-22

-
8 8.2; 8.4 8-4; 8-9
19. Disposal of spent oil and lubes. 2 2.9 2-22

-
8 8.4 8-9
20. Storage of chemicals and diesel at site. 2 2.9 2-22

-
8 8.2 8-4
21. Commitment for the use of WBM only - - - Water Based Mud (WBM) only is used.
22. Mud make up and mud and cutting disposal – all options considered 2 2.5.4 2-13
-
should be listed with selective option.
23. Hazardous material usage, storage accounting and disposal. 2 2.8; 2.9 2-20; 2-22
-
8 8.2; 8.4 8-4; 8-9
24. Disposal of packaging waste from site. 2 2.9 2-22

-
8 8.2; 8.4 8-4; 8-9
25. Oil spill emergency plans in respect of recovery/ reclamation.1.1.1 1.1.3

6 1.1.5
6.3 6-11
-
1.1.2 1.1.4
8 1.1.6
8.2 8-4
26. H2S emissions control. - - - H2S emission is not envisaged.
27. Produced oil handling and storage. 2 2.6 2-18 -
28. Details of scheme for oil collection system along with process flow 2 2.6 2-18 -


Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
diagram and its capacity.
29. Details of control of air, water and noise pollution in oil collection 2 2.9 2-22
-
system.
30. Disposal of produced/formation water. 2 2.9 2-22 -
31. Whether any burn pits being utilized for well test operations. - - - No
32. Restoration and decommissioning plans which should include mud 8 8.5 8-13
pits and wastage restoration also and documentation and monitoring -
of site recovery.
33. Measures to protect ground water and shallow aquifers from 8 8.2 8-3
-
contamination.
34. Risk assessment and disaster management plan for independent 6 6.2; 6.3 6-1;6-11
-
reviews of well designed construction etc. for prevention of blow out.
35. Environmental management plan. 5 5.1 5-1 -
36. Documentary proof of membership of common disposal facilities, if - - - For handling hazardous waste, Secure
any. Landfill Site is operational at Kharsang
Field as per the requirements of
Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution
Control Board (APSPCB). Drill cuttings
from the proposed drilling activity in the
field shall be disposed of in the secure
landfill site as per the standards and laid
down procedures by the APSPCB.


Page No. Remark
No. Section No.
Presently, an application for renewal of its
authorization is under process by the State
Pollution Control Board (SPCB)
37. Details of environmental and safety related documentation within the 5 5.1 5-11 Company HSE policy is annexed as
company including documentation and proposed occupational health 8 8.2; 8.3; 8.4 8-4; 8-8; Annexure - VI.
and safety Surveillance Safety Programme for all personnel at site. 8-9
This should also include monitoring programme for the
2
environmental.
38. Total capital and recurring cost for environmental control measures. 8 8.6 8-15 -
39. A copy of Corporate Environment Policy of the company as per the - - - Company HSE policy is annexed as
Ministry‟s O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 26th April, Annexure - VI.
2011 available on the Ministry‟s website.
40. Any litigation pending against the project and or any direction/order - - - No litigation pending against the litigation
passed by any court of law against the project. If so details thereof. pending against the project.
B. Additional ToR
1. Forest clearance to be obtained for 94.712ha forest land. Forest clearance of diversion 94.172 ha
forest land for proposed project is under
- - -
process. A copy of application of the
same is annexed as Annexure - III.
2. Public hearing is exempted as per para 7(i) III Stage (3) (i) (b) of EIA Public Hearing exempted for the proposed
Notification, 2006 on the ground that as public hearing was - - - project.
conducted on 11.07.2007 for the same block.

1.6 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT
Chapter 1 : Introduction - Provides a background to the project, the

project proponent and environmental
legislations / permits applicable to the
project; TOR for the EIA study - provides
the terms of reference for the
Environmental Impact Assessment study
for the proposed project.
2.1.1 2.1.2
2.1.3 2.1.5
2.1.4
Chapter 2 : Project Description - Describes the construction and operational
activities associated with the project.
2.1.6 2.1.7
2.1.8 2.1.10
2.1.9
Chapter 3 : Description of the - Describes the background environmental
Environment characteristics of the study area.
2.1.11 2.1.12
2.1.13 2.1.15
2.1.14
Chapter 4 : Anticipated - Identifies potential environmental impacts
Environmental Impacts due to the Proposed Project and applicable
& Mitigation Measures mitigation measures.
2.1.16 2.1.17
2.1.18 2.1.20
2.1.19
Chapter 5 : Environmental - Describes the mechanism to monitor the
Monitoring Programme environmental status during different
phases of the project.
2.1.21 2.1.22
2.1.23 2.1.25
2.1.24
Chapter 6 : Additional Studies - This chapter includes Risk assessment and
Disaster Management Plan. Risk
assessment section will accentuate the
types of risks associated with development
drilling operations and their assessment.
Disaster management section illustrates the
emergency preparedness and disaster
management plan.
2.1.26 2.1.27
2.1.28 2.1.30
2.1.29
Chapter 7 : Project Benefits - This chapter details the benefits associated
with the project to the local community as
well as to the nation.
2.1.31 2.1.32
2.1.33 2.1.35
2.1.34
Chapter 8 : Environment - Provides delivery mechanism to address
Management Plan the potential environmental impacts.
2.1.36 2.1.37
2.1.38 2.1.40
2.1.39
Chapter 9 : Summary & Conclusion - This chapter summarizes justification for
implementation of the project with
mitigation measures.
2.1.41 2.1.42
2.1.43 2.1.45
2.1.44
Chapter 10 : Disclosure of - Details about the consultant organization
Consultant engaged engaged to carry out the EIA study is
presented in this chapter.

2
PR O J EC T
D ES C R IP TIO N
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 KEY INFORMATION
Name of the Project : Development & Exploratory/Appraisal Drilling

at Kharsang Oil Field
Location : Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh State
Size of the Project : Kharsang Oil Field: 11 sq.km (1100 Hectare)
Each Drilling Location: 30,000 Sqm
Number of Proposed : 40 Wells
Development Wells
Number of Proposed : 5 wells

Exploratory/Appraisal Wells:
Type of Hydrocarbon Expected : Oil & Gas
Total Estimated Drilling Period : 35-75 days depending upon drilling depth
for each Well
Production Testing for each Well : Developmental Wells: 3-5 Days
Exploratory Wells: 30 Days
Proposed Drilling Fluid for each : Water-based Mud System
well
Anticipated Volume of Drill : 100 -200 m3
Cutting for each Well
Water Requirement for each well : 50 KLD
Well Depth : Developmental Wells: 600-1600 m

Exploratory Wells: 3000-4500 m
Distance of the Block from the : Jairampur Town : approx. 6-7 km towards
Nearest Town/City South-west (aerial distance)
Kharsang Town: approx. 4 km
Estimated Cost of the Project : INR 720 Crores
2.2 PROJECT OBJECTIVES
For increasing the Production of Hydrocarbons from the Kharsang Oil Field (KOF), Geo
Enpro is planning to drill 40 development wells and 5 exploratory wells at KOF, Changlang
district of Arunachal Pradesh.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION
The block is located in Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh state and covers an area of
11sq.km.The Geographical coordinates and Area of the Kharsang Oil Field and Drilling area
are presented in Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 respectively. The project location is shown in
Figure 2.1 and Kharsang Oil Field Surface layout is shown in Figure 2.2
Table 2.1: Co-ordinates and Area of the Kharsang Oil Field
Latitudes Longitudes
Approx
Area
Points
Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec. (in
sq.km)
A 27 24 31 96 01 13
B 27 24 31 96 03 22 11
C 27 23 01 96 03 22 sq.km
D 27 23 01 96 01 13
Table 2.2: Co-ordinates and Area of the Drilling Area
Latitudes LongitudesDrilling Approach

S. No. of
Drilling Plinth Road
Drilling
No. Area Area (in Area
Wells Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.
Sqm) (Sqm)
1 NL1 1 27 24 21 96 01 25 30,000 120
2 NL 2 1 27 24 01 96 01 26 30,000 3500
3 NL 3 1 27 23 42 96 01 26 30,000 3000
4 NL 4 1 27 23 22 96 01 27 30,000 9500
5 NL 5 1 27 24 21 96 01 47 30,000 500
6 NL 6 1 27 24 02 96 01 48 30,000 500
7 NL 7 1 27 23 42 96 01 48 30,000 4000
8 NL 8 1 27 23 23 96 01 49 30,000 6000
9 NL 9 1 27 24 22 96 02 09 30,000 1200
10 NL 10 1 27 24 02 96 02 10 30,000 Nil
11 NL 11 1 27 23 43 96 02 10 30,000 2000
12 NL 12 1 27 23 23 96 02 11 30,000 7200
13 NL 13 1 27 23 04 96 02 11 30,000 19500
14 NL 14 1 27 24 03 96 02 31 30,000 Nil
15 NL 15 1 27 23 43 96 02 32 30,000 Nil
16 NL 16 1 27 23 24 96 02 32 30,000 7000
17 NL 17 1 27 24 03 96 02 53 30,000 1000
18 NL 18 1 27 23 44 96 02 54 30,000 4500
19 NL 19 1 27 23 24 96 02 54 30,000 8500
20 NL 20 1 27 24 04 96 03 15 30,000 6500

Latitudes Longitudes Drilling Approach

S. No. of
Drilling Plinth Road
Drilling
No. Area Deg. Min. Sec. Area (in Area
Wells Deg. Min. Sec.
Sqm) (Sqm)
21 NL 21 1 27 23 44 96 03 16 30,000 9900
22 NL 22 1 27 23 25 96 03 16 30,000 5000
23 NL 23 1 27 23 03 96 01 38 30,000 7500
24 NL 24 1 27 23 04 96 02 38 30,000 8500
25 NL 25 1 27 23 05 96 03 11 30,000 8000
26 NL 26 1 27 23 05 96 02 42 30,000 7500
27 NL 27 1 27 24 23 96 03 04 30,000 6200
The remaining 18 wells shall also be drilled from the identified locations, depending upon the
production testing results of the 27 wells and additional studies planned to be carried out in
the future to target deeper prospects. All 45 wells (40 development and 5
exploratory/appraisal) shall be taken up for drilling under different drilling campaigns in a
phase-wise manner.
It may however, be noted that some changes in exact drilling locations and programme are
always likely based on the findings of additional reservoir studies, development drilling etc.
All wells to be drilled from the identified 27 locations, for which Forest Clearance has already
been applied.

EIA for Development &Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
Figure 2.1: Project Location Map

Figure 2.2: Kharsang Oil Field Surface Layout

EIA for Development &Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District
2.4 PRIOR TO DRILLING
Development / Exploratory drilling operation is proposed to be carried out at Kharsang Oil

Field to augment the hydrocarbon production from the field. The estimated drilling period of
each well is about 35-75 days, depending upon the drilling depth. The action plan for the Oil
field is as follows:
2.4.1 Site Survey
The location of 40 development wells and 5 exploratory/appraisal wells shall be identified

based on the available geological data, seismic data and subsequent, approval by the
Management Committee constituted under the Production Sharing Contract (PSC) of the
field. A preliminary site survey will be undertaken by GeoEnpro drilling team and the
civil works consultant team. It will be ensured that suitable location will avoid large
quantity of earth works, large road length and alteration of the natural contours.
The sequence of events involved after release of location and before drilling of the well s
is given below:
 Site survey and access road alignment – will be undertaken through qualified consultant /
contractor.
 Construction of approach road, well site, foundation and cutting of effluent pits,
placement of HDPE liners etc. – preparation by Civil contractor in consultation with the
Drilling department.
2.4.2 Road and Site Construction
The road and site construction work of Approach Road and Drilling Site consists of the
following works:
a) Up gradation and strengthening of the existing roads wherever required. Construction of

new road - Approach roads will be constructed to connect the existing road with each
drilling site. A route survey will be undertaken to identify most suitable path to the
Drilling Site.
b) Construction of Drilling Pads / Sites at the end of the new road to facilitate Drilling and
Testing of well. The sparse vegetation will be removed from the drilling location.
2.5 DRILLING OPERATION
The exploitation of hydrocarbons requires the construction of a conduit between the surface
and the reservoir. This is achieved by the drilling process. Well(s) will be drilled using a
mobile drilling rig of capacity of around 1000 HP for development drilling and 1500 – 2000
HP for exploratory drilling, equipped with rotary drive system. The layout of Drilling Rig
(1000 HP) is shown in Figure 2.3(a) and Figure 2.3 (b).

Figure 2.3 (a) : Foundation Layout of Drilling Rig

Figure 2.3 (b) : Layout of Drilling Rig with Facilities

EIA for Development& Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District
2.5.1 Drilling Operation Process Description
The steps involved from drilling of wells to putting the wells on production is shown through
the below flow diagram Figure 2.4 (a) and Figure 2.4 (b).
Figure 2.4 (a): Flow diagram of Development Well Drilling Process

Figure 2.4 (b): Flow diagram of Exploratory Well Drilling Process
2.5.2 Components of Drilling Rig
A typical drilling rig (1000 HP) is shown in Figure 2.5 and its main components are
discussed below. For Exploratory drilling, 1500 – 2000 HP rig shall be utilized and
accordingly, specifications of main components may differ from development drilling rig, due
to its high capacity.

Figure 2.5: The Anatomy of Drilling Rig
i) Draw Works
a) Input horse power rating-minimum 1000 HP with nominal depth rating of 1000-1600 m
(approximately) with 5” OD drill pipes. Hoisting capacity-250Tons (227MT).
b) Draw works will be operated by two nos. of engines having combined Horse Power Rating of
1060 minimum. Draw works will be equipped with one friction/mechanical brake, one
hydrometric brake and one inertia/emergency brake to stop the operations.
ii) Mast
Mast with minimum clear height of around 120 feet. It will have a hook load capacity of
540,000 lbs with 10 (ten) lines and wind resistance with full set back-80mph.
iii) Sub-Structure
Rotary capacity will not be less than 340,000 lbs and set back capacity 200,000lbs. Combined
capacity of hook load & setback will not be less than 540,000lbs.
iv) Mud Pump
Two triplex mud pumps of minimum input horse-power rating 1000 HP, driven by two DC
motors of matching HP rating & fitted with easily changeable piston of liner assembly (5”-7”
size). Maximum requirement of working pressure is 5000 psi. Maximum pump discharge
should be 650 LPM with 7” liner pump should be fitted with 5000 psi HP delivers pulsation
dampener. The pumps will be coupled with super charging pumps (centrifugal) driven by 50
HP flame proof motors (AC) for positive suction.

v) Rotary Swivel
Swivel will have a minimum dead load rating of 340,000lbswith 5000 psi working pressure.
vi) Power Pack
Diesel-Electric AC/SCR system comprising of minimum two nos. turbocharged, after cooled,
air start, diesel driven oilfield engines of suitable HP rating (minimum 1000 HP). Preferably
CAT – 3512B-DITA model. Power pack shall be required to provide required power to
mud/slush pumps, super charger pumps, mud agitator motors, solids control equipments, rig
auxiliaries etc.
vii) Travelling Block and Hook
Unitized traveling block and hook assembly of 340,000 capacity with minimum 5 nos.
sheaves with 11/4” grooving for drill/casing line and for maximum 12 line operation.
viii) Drill Pipes
A total of 2000 m of 5”, 19.5 or Grade „G‟ or premium class drill pipes having NC 50 (4 1/2”
IF) connection.
ix) Drill Collars
Suitable quantity of 91/2”, 8”, 61/2” and 4.3/4” Drill Collars will be used.
x) Blow Out Preventer (BOP)
a) 13 5/8” X 5000 psi double ram (pipe & blind ram) BOP;
b) 13 5/8” X5000 psi Annular BOP;
c) 7 1/16” X 5000 psi Double ram BOP (for workover operations)
All the BOP should be of Cameron/Shaffer/Hydril/NOV/equivalent make only.
xi) Rotary Table
Rotary Table with 27 1/2” opening and dead load capacity of not less than 250 tons and driven
by transmission chain coupled with Draw-Works or by independent drive system.
xii) BOP Control Unit
Proper BOP (Blow Out Preventer) system is will be used for the Drilling Operation to contain
any unexpected pressures from the well. The BOP Control System is to be compatible with
the BOP stack.
The Rig including drilling & auxiliary equipment comprise of around 90 trailer loads. To
support the drilling operation, the following systems and services are included for the Drilling
Operations:
(i) Portable Living Quarters – to house essential personnel on site on a 24 hr basis. These
units are provided with Bath/Washroom.
(ii) Transport Facilities – Cranes/trailers for loading/off loading of equipment & materials
and transportation of same.
(iii) Emergency Systems - this includes fire detection and protection equipment. Medical
Doctor will be available for Emergency Medical Attention.
(iv) Environmental Protection – Blow out Prevention (BOP) system, HDPE Lined Effluent
Pits.
2.5.3 Well Construction
Well Construction: Drilling wells are drilled in sections, with the diameter of each section
decreasing with increasing depth. The lengths and diameters of each section of the well are
determined prior to drilling through well designing.
Well spud is the start of drilling activity. Top-hole& all other subsequent hole sections will be
drilled to a desired depth based on well design. After drilling top-hole& each subsequent hole
sections, it will be cased with a pipe called "Casing". The casing provides support to the
drilled hole wall and secures the hole-section. Other than this, it isolates problematic hole-
sections such as loose zones, shale sections, boulders, over pressurized formations, etc. After
running casing, the annular space around the hole wall and casing (annulus) will be cemented.
This process of drilling and casing the hole-sections continued as per the well design until the
final well depth (target) is achieved.
2.5.4 Drilling Fluids
During Drilling Operations, a fluid known as Drilling Fluid (more commonly Mud) is
pumped through the drill string down to the drilling bit and returns between the drill pipe and
hole / casing annulus up to surface back into the circulation system after separation of drill
cuttings / solids through solids control equipment. Drilling fluid is essential to the drilling
operation and performs the following functions:
 Cleans the bottom of the hole by removing the cuttings and carrying them to surface;
 Cools and lubricates drill bit and string;
 Continuously builds a wall around the inside of the hole which prevents the hole from
caving in;
 Counters natural formation pressures, preventing the uncontrolled flow of oil, gas, or
water into the borehole;
 Holds cuttings and weighing material in suspension, when circulation is stopped;
 Supports part of the weight of drill pipes, casing, tubing, etc.;
 Transmits hydraulic horse power to the bit;
 Acts as medium for electrical well logging;
 Ensures maximum information about the formations penetrated;
 Prevents corrosion of tubular.
Type of Drilling Fluid (Mud)
An environment-friendly Water-Based Mud (WBM) system will be used for drilling of the
proposed wells. It may be noted that a typical WBM may contain nearly 80% water and 20%
Clay as well as Chemicals by weight. The constituents of WBM, Special Additives and their
Function in Water Based Drilling Fluidsare given in Table 2.3and Table2.4, respectively.

Table 2.3: Ingredients of Water Based Drilling Fluid
Sl. No. Raw Material Quantity t/well

1
Lime stone 18
2
Bentonite 28
3
Caustic soda 1
4
Soda ash .2
5
Carboxymethyl Cellulose (CMC) 6
6
Xanthum Gum Polymer (XC-
2
Polymer )
7 Partially HydrolysedPolyacryl
2.15
Amide (PHPA )
8 Poly Anionic Cellulose (Regular
1.5
Grade) (PAC-RG)
9 Poly Anionic Cellulose (Low
6.5
Viscosity Grade) (PAC-LV)
10 Pre-Gelatinized Starch (PGS) 7.2
11 Drilling detergent - Modified
.5
Alkanoamide
12 Sodium chloride 20.00
13 Potassium salt 75
14 Barite 218
15 Caustisized Lignite (Chrome free) 2
16 Chrome free lingo-sulphonate 2
17 Calcium Carbonate 20
Note: Above mentioned quantity of raw material is for drilling of a well of 1600 mt.
Table 2.4: Special Additives and their Function in Water Based Drilling Fluids
Sl. Discharge Function of Additives

No. Category in Exploration
Eliminate excess calcium ions due to
1. Sodium bicarbonate
cement contamination
Minimize borehole washout in salt
2. Sodium Chloride
zone
Groundnut shells, Minimize loss of drilling mud to
3.
mica of cellethane formation
Cellulose polymers or Counter thick, sticky filter cake,
4.
starch decrease filter loss to formation
5. Aluminium Stearate Minimize foaming
6. Vegetable Oil lubricant Reduce torque and drag on drill string.
Mud Circulation & Solid Control System
The drilling fluid circulation system consists of several items of equipment as given in Figure
2.6.

Figure 2.6: Typical Drill Fluid Circulation System
The mud pumps take drilling fluid from tanks and pump the same to the bit through drill
pipes. The mud travels through annulus and finally falls over the shale shaker. The mud used
during the operation will flush out formation cuttings from the well bore which will be
separated from the fluid using solids control system. This will include shale shakers,
desanders, desilters etc. The process of reusing the drilling fluid during drilling operation is
commonly known as “closed loop system”. The system is ideal for drilling operations in
sensitive environments as it cuts down immensely on the total water consumption for the
formulation of drilling mud and also saves on the consumption of the chemicals.
Special applications of Drilling Fluid
To overcome various types of well problems, specific components are added to the mud to
adjust the properties for ensuring that following functions are met:
 Fluid loss control: Bentonite as well as naturally occurring additives such as starch and
cellulose are added to the drilling mud to retard fluid loss to the formation.
 Lost circulation: Naturally occurring fibrous, granular or flaky materials are used to stop
lost circulation when the drill bit enters a highly porous or fractured formation. Typical
materials include sawdust, groundnut shells, mica etc.
 Lubricity: Normally the drilling fluid is sufficient to lubricate and cool the bit. However,
under extreme loading, other lubricants such as EP lube, Linseed oil etc are added to
prevent the drill string from becoming stuck.
 Shale Control: To control caving, sloughing etc. of the well bore, shale stabilizer
(e.g.magcoasphasol) is used.
 pH control: Caustic Soda is used to control the alkalinity of the drilling fluid in the range
of pH of 9 to 10. This ensures the optimum performance of the polymers in the fluid and
controls bacterial activity.
 Pressure control: Barite is generally used as a weighting material to control down-hole
formation pressure and to prevent the ingress of formation fluid into well bore.

The essential ingredients of the WBM are all low toxicity materials, rated either as Grade ‟E‟
products (according to the new (OCNS) grading system), or Grade „O‟ (according to the
former OCNS system). These are the two lowest toxicity categories. A variety of other
products will be available for various contingencies. Thinners such as chrome free ligno-
sulphonates (CFLS) and lignin compounds may be used to control rheology.
2.5.5 Cementing Program
Well cementing is the process of preparing slurry of API Class G cement with water and
various additives in required quantities as accelerators/ retarders, density adjusters,
dispersants, fluid loss additives, anti gas migration additives, etc. This slurry is pumped down
through steel casing to cover the critical points in the annulus around the casing in the open
hole.
Functions of the cementing process:
 Bond and support the casing strings;

 Isolate oil, gas and water bearing zones;
 Protect fresh water bearing zone from contamination;
 Prevent Blowouts by quickly forming a seal;
 Seal off zones of lost –circulation or thief zones;
 Protect casing from corrosion; and
 Protect casing from shock loads.
2.5.6 Well Evaluation
i) Well Logging
Wire line logging operations are undertaken with specialized equipment mounted on custom
built trucks to provide information on the potential type and quantities of hydrocarbons
present in the prospective formations.
There are different well logging techniques including electric, electronic, sonic, radioactive
logging etc. Logging instruments (sensors) are attached to the bottom of a wire line and
lowered to the bottom of the well. They are then slowly brought back, the devices reading
different geo-scientific parameters as they pass each formation and recording the
corresponding data on graphs, which can be interpreted by the exploration team. There are no
emissions to the environment associated with wire line logging operations. The radioactive
sources required for well logging operations will be kept in specially designed containers, if
used.
ii) Well Testing
If prospects of hydrocarbons appear in conventional core or in wire line logs, a detailed

production testing is carried out. For production testing equipments like separator, ground X-
mas tree, and compressors are required.
iii) Conventional Coring
Conventional cores of sub-surface formations are taken on selective basis to carry out Petro-
physical and Geo-scientific studies.

2.5.7 Completion of Drilling
On completion of activities, the well will be either plugged or suspended (if the well
evaluations indicate absence of any hydrocarbon quantities) or will be permanently
abandoned. In the event of a decision to suspend the well, it will be filled with a brine
solution containing very small quantities of inhibitors to protect the well. The well will be
sealed with cement plugs and some of the wellhead equipment (Blind Flange) will be left on
the surface (Cellar).
If the well is abandoned it will be sealed with a series of cement plugs, all the wellhead
equipment will be removed leaving the surface clear of any debris and the site will be
restored.
2.5.8 Rig Demobilization
Demobilization will involve the dismantling of the rig and transporting it out of the project
area. It is expected that demobilization will take approximately 30 days.
2.5.9 Restoration
On completion of drilling activities, well site restoration plan will be prepared for the
following two scenarios:
i) Commercially viable Hydrocarbons are discovered
In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, the well will be shut in with
a wellhead / X-mas tree in place, but all other equipment and materials will be removed from
present location to the next drilling site. At the end of well testing at each drilling site, the
HDPE Liner Secured Pits for Drill Cuttings and Drilling Mud will be covered with a top
HDPE lining. The pit will then be backfilled with minimum 300 mm layer of soil.
ii) Economic Quantities of Hydrocarbons are not found
In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are not found an abandonment plan will
be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Indian regulations,
OISD, Oil Mines Regulation (OMR) etc. Plugging requirement of abandoned wells as per Oil
Mines Regulation, 1984 are as follows: When it is intended to abandon a well.
(i) All permeable formations shall be isolated with cement;

(ii) Cased hole may be abandoned by placing a bridge-plug on top of perforations;
(iii) A cement plug of minimum length of 50 m shall be placed at the bottom of the well;
(iv) A cement plug of a minimum length of 50 m shall be placed across the shoe of surface
casing;
(v) The cellar pit around the well shall be filled up and the land shall be restored to the
original level; and
(vi) Every abandoned well shall be clearly identified at site.
In addition to the above, guidelines as advised by MoEF, New Delhi and SPCB shall also be
followed. The overriding principle is that the environment should, with time be reinstated

broadly to its original condition. Until such time as this is achieved, GeoEnpro would actively
manage the reinstatement process.
2.6 OIL STORAGE TANKS AND LOADING SYSTEM
Oil Collecting Station (OCS)
The crude oil being produced from the wells flows through the flow line to the existing OCS
where it is treated to separate oil, water and gas. The wells of low pressure are being collected
in the group tanks (GT). From there they are dispatched to OCS. The Self Flow wells of
sufficient pressure are received directly at OCS. All the well fluids are received at OCS via
the header (manifold). Separate processing streams for High Wax and Low Wax crude are
used. The treated crude oil from the OCS is then pumped through electric pumps to the
Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF).
Necessary processing facility for crude oil and gas production already exist at Kharsang Oil
Field. The oil extracted from the well, after separation will be stored in cylindrical horizontal
storage tanks. For the proposed drilling activity at Kharsang Oil Field in a phased manner,
additional pipeline to connect the producing wells to OCS shall be laid. The Kharsang Oil
Field OCS process equipments details are given in Table 2.5 and OCS Flow Diagram and
Layout is shown in Figure 2.7 (a) and Figure 2.7 (b).
Table 2.5: Kharsang OCS Process Equipment Details
Sl. Type of Total Name of

Specification
No. Equipment Quantity Equipment
1 Indirect 4 LWC INDIRECT Capacity-600 KLPD, Design Press-
Bath BATH HEATER 1500psi,Hyd Test Press-
Heaters 2400psi,Length-6880mm,Dia-
1524mm,Rated Heating Capacity-3
MMBtu/hr
HWC INDIRECT Capacity-600 KLPD, Design Press-
BATH HEATER 1500psi,Hyd Test Press-
2400psi,Length-6880mm,Dia-
1524mm,Rated Heating Capacity-3
MMBtu/hr
TEST UNIT Capacity-400 KLPD, Design Press-
INDIRECT BATH 1500psi,Hyd Test Press-
HEATER 2400psi,Length-4300mm,Dia-
1240mm,Rated Heating Capacity-1.5
MMBtu/hr
NEW TEST UNIT Capacity-1000 KLPD, Design Press-
INDIRECT BATH 1500psi,Hyd Test Press-2400psi,Inlet
HEATER (BGRE temp range:20-25 Deg C& Outlet
Make) temperature range:45-50 Deg C, Fuel
gas flow rate:84.92sm3/hr and pressure
at 4kgf/cm2 at 40 Deg C,Length-
6880mm,Dia-1524mm,Rated Heating
Capacity-3 MMBtu/hr
2 Emulsion 3 LWC EMULSION Capacity-990 KLPD, Design Press-
Treater TREATER 50psi,Hyd Test Press-42psi,Max
(ET) HORIZONTAL Operating press-28psi,SRV set Press-
TYPE 34psi, Length-9250mm,Dia-1000mm
HWC EMULSION Capacity-990 klpd, Design Press-
TREATER 50psi,Design Temperature-140 Deg F-
Sl. Type of Total Name of

Specification
No. Equipment Quantity Equipment
HORIZONTAL 160 Deg F,Hyd Test Press-42psi,Max
TYPE Operating press-28psi,SRV set Press-
34psi, Length-9250mm,Dia-1000mm
NEW Capacity-1000 klpd, Design Press-75
ELECTROSTATIC psi, Design Temp:80 Deg C, Treating
EMULSION Temp:65-70 Deg C, Hyd Test Press-
TREATER 110psi, Operating press-50psi,Heat
HORIZONTAL Duty-4.532 Mmbtu/hr, Length-
TYPE (GASTECH 9200mm,Dia-3000mm
Make)
3 Separators 6 LWC Three Phase Capacity-1273KLPD, Yr of Build-
Separator (TPS) 1984, Design Press-100psi,Hyd Test
HORIZONTAL Press-100psi,Max Operating press-
TYPE 31psi,SRV set Press-34psi, Length-
7620mm,Dia-1981mm
HWC Three Phase Capacity-1273 KLPD, Design Press-
Separator (TPS) 100psi,Hyd Test Press-100psi,Max
HORIZONTAL Operating press-31psi,SRV set Press-
TYPE 34psi, Length-7620mm,Dia-1981mm
VERTICAL TEST Capacity-Data not available, Design
SEPARATOR Press-100psi,Hyd Test Press-
100psi,Max Operating press-31psi,SRV
set Press-34psi, Length-4000mm,Dia-
1000mm
NEW TEST UNIT Oil flow rate-334KLPD, Water flow
THREE PHASE rate-143 KLPD, Gas flow rate-4.5
SEPARATOR MMscfd, Design Press-275psi,
HORIZONTAL Operating Press-250 psi, Hyd Test
TYPE (Make: A Press-410psi, Length-5500 mm,Dia-
PLUS Ltd.) 1250 mm
Low Pressure Capacity-1890 KLPD, Design Press-
Master 100psi,Hyd Test Press-100psi,Max
Separator(LPMS) Operating press-31psi,SRV set Press-
HORIZONTAL 34psi, Length-6500mm,Dia-2100mm
TYPE
LOW PRESSURE Capacity-1600 KLPD, Design Press-
SEPARATOR (For 50psi,Hyd Test Press-42.6psi,Max
TU) Operating press-28.4psi,SRV set Press-
HORIZONTAL 34psi, Length-4600mm,Dia-1500mm
TYPE
4 Stabilizer 1 Stabilizer for HWC Capacity-1600 KLPD, Design Press-
50psi,Hyd Test Press-42.6psi,Max
Operating press-28.4psi,SRV set Press-
34psi, Length-4600mm,Dia-1500mm
5 Instrument 1 Servo Scrubber Gas Capacity-2MMscfd, Design Press-
Gas 50psi,Hyd Test Press-47psi,Max
Scrubber Operating press-31psi,SRV set Press-
34psi, Length-3050mm, Dia-764mm

EIA for Development& Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
KHARSANG OCS FLOW DIAGRAM T8

LEGEND
T7 T12
OIL LINE : LWC TEST LINE
GAS LINE :
GAS LINE
S ervo Line : T
OIL D.LINE : U
Gas Flowmeter : T3 T4 T10 T11
Liquid Flow Meter
:
ET INLET
T13 T6 T5 T1 T9
T2
Test IH
S S LINE
TO CTTF
TO E.T.
S S LINE
NEW TPS
DOMESTIC/BOILER/POWER/FLARE LINE
HWC IH
K. PUMP
New IWBH
GOMA PUMP
LWC IH
HW C TPS
S S LINE
STB (H)
STB(L)
HW C ET
S S LINE LW C TPS
LW C ET
S S LINE LPMS
SS
NEW ET PUMP HOUSE
LWC ET OUTLET>T3,T4,T10
To ETP
HWC HP HWC LP LWC HP LWC LP
Test Manifold
Figure 2.7 (a): Oil Collection System of Kharsang Oil Field

EIA for Development& Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District Changlang, Arunachal Pradesh
Figure 2.7 (b): Oil Collection System Layout of Kharsang Oil Field

Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF)

The CTTF has eight number of fixed roof type crude oil storage tanks with capacity of 795
Kls each. The volumes in tanks are measured by traditional dip method. The crude oil is
loaded in tankers (in the bowser loading point) by electric pumps. There is an additional
diesel pump in case of power failure while bowser loading.
2.7 STAFFING
During drilling activities, job will be carried out in two 12 hourly shifts. The drilling rig is
operated by around 50 people on the rig at any time. The workers will be staying in the
existing base camps. The base camp will be maintained by about 10-15 staffs for cooking,
cleaning, laundry services, housekeeping, etc.
2.8 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT
All supplies, both for the drilling rig package and for the drilling site will be transported from
any storage area temporarily hired nearer the well site. This will include but not limited to
cements, bits, casings and chemicals for drilling mud, spare parts for the rig package.
i) Power Consumption and Fuel

The power requirements during the site preparation and construction phase will be met by
DG Sets. Although the drilling operations will be continuous, the power requirement will
vary depending on the activities being carried out. It is anticipated that the energy source
is a part of the drilling rig to be used.
Existing Power requirement at KOF for carrying out the operations and for domestic use is
being met by in-house power generation. At present, KOF is equipped with 4 gas fired
gensets (1x 500 KVA, 1 x 450 KVA and 2 x 180 KVA) and one diesel fired genset (1 x 170
KVA). To meet the regular operational demand for power, 450 KVA gas genset is operated
for about 11 to 12 hrs and then switched over to 500 KVA gas genset, for balance period of
the day.
For Proposed drilling of development wells, rig capacity of 1000 HP is envisaged. For Power
source two 500 HP Diesel Engines to be used, each Engine running for 12 hrs per day. For
auxiliary power, two 320-500 KVA gensets would be required. Diesel requirement would be
around 4-6 KLPD. For Proposed drilling exploratory wells, rig capacity of 1500-2000 HP is
envisaged. Four nos. 1900 HP engine (3 Operating + 1 Standby) will be the power source and
for auxiliary power there would be four 1750 KVA gensets. Around 10-12 KLPD of HSD
will be fuel requirement.
The fuel consumed will mainly be diesel used by rig, various equipments and generators,
which will be used for lighting, residential camps and other emergency requirements within
the site. Only low Sulphur (<0.05%) HSD will be used. Diesel will be stored at drilling site in
covered MS tanks of 20 – 40 kl capacity. In order to minimize the diesel requirement, efforts
will be made to use natural gas based power generator instead of DG set to meet industrial
power requirement as far as possible. In case so, fuel gas shall be arranged from existing
facilities at OCS.
ii) Water
The water requirement during drilling operation is mainly meant for preparation of drilling
mud apart from washings and domestic use. While the former consumes the majority of water
requirement, the water requirement for domestic and wash use is very less. The daily water
consumption will be 50 KLD per well of which 39 KLD will be used for mud preparation, 6
KLD will be used for Engine Cooling, 2 KLD for washing purpose on drill floor and 3 KLD
will be used for domestic purpose at well site.The water requirement will be met from
Namphuk River. The details are given in Table 2.6 and depicted in Figure 2.8
Table 2.6: Water Utilization Per Well
S. Water required during

Purpose
No. drilling period (KLD)
1. Mud preparation and washing/cutting (Per well) 39
2. Engine cooling (Per well) 06
3. Floor/ equipment washing / Fire fighting (Per well) 02
5. Sanitation (@ 135 lt./head/day for 10 persons staying at 2.6
site in mobilized rig set & 20lt./head/day for 45 persons)
6. Drinking (@ 6.5 lt./head/day for 45 persons) 0.4
Total Water required for Drilling (KLD) 50
Figure: 2.8 Water Balance Diagram
iii) Chemical and Fuel Storage
Various chemicals will be stored at the project site and used during the drilling phase. The
chemicals that are likely to be used have been listed in Drilling Fluid Plan section. At the
planning stage, an estimate of the potential usage for every chemical will be made. During the
operation phase, chemical usage will be monitored and efforts will be made to reduce or
conserve chemical consumption as much as technically possible.
While storing, the drilling rig will have normal storage facilities for fuel oil, required
chemicals and the necessary tubular and equipment. The key features of the Chemicals,
Lubricants and Fuel Storage area are as follows:

 Well-designed storage facility.

 Chemical container size of 30‟X 8‟X 8‟
 Storing of Barites and Bentonite - Platform adjoining to mud tank of 600 sq. ft
 Impervious liners in place for fuel, lubricants storage area.
 Fuel/lubricant containment & generator area to have drains with oil entrapment
provision.
 Effective bunds capable of containing 110% of the volume of the largest container
within and enclosing all potentially contaminating materials to be used for
fuel/lubricant storage area.
 The Diesel which will be used for power consumption, stored at drill site in covered
MS tanks of 20 to 40 KL capacity.
The storage places will be clearly marked with safe operating facilities and practices as per
established standards prescribed in “Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemicals, 1989” by MoEF.
2.9 NOISE, AIR EMISSIONS, EFFLUENTS AND SOLID WASTE GENERATION
i) Noise
Sources of noise at the drilling site include:
 Diesel powered generators
 Rotating equipment such as electric motors, rotary table, draw works, etc.
Noise level at the periphery of the drilling well plinth will not exceed 75 dB (A) and will
decrease rapidly on moving away from the well site. Vehicular traffic on approach road is
expected to generate temporary noise level of less than 70 dB (A) at about 10 m distance.
Noise from the DG set will not exceed 75 dB (A) and DG set to be kept in acoustic enclosure
ii) Emissions
Emissions generated during the drilling phase will consist of the following:
 Exhaust emissions from generators operating at site;

 Dust emissions from vehicular traffic movement on roads;
 Emissions from flares during testing.
No treatment of air / gaseous emissions is required as these involve burning of diesel with low
Sulphur content. The disposal of the air emissions will be through adequate stack height as
per norms.
Movement of about 3 to 4 passenger and heavy vehicles in a day is not likely to have any
adverse impact on the environment.
Air emissions may result from gas flaring activities during the production testing of well
which may be carried out temporary for 15 days. The test flare boom through stack of
adequate height will be located at a suitable distance from the drilling rig to minimize
the environmental impact. Also, ccomplete flaring will be carried out to ensure that all
HC are oxidized.
During civil construction particulate matter generated will be restricted through sprinkling of
water.
Heat Generation
The drilling work will generate heat which will be dissipated to the WBM (about 50 0C at
surface) and then to the atmosphere. Hence, it is unlikely to have any noticeable effect in the
area surrounding the drilling rig.
Potential Accidental Events

Due to observation of necessary safety requirements as per OMR, OISD and other regulations
vis-à-vis Safe Operating Practices (SOP), chances of accident occurring are negligible.
However, in all aspects of hydrocarbon exploration, there is always a risk of non-routine or
accidental events such as occurrence of blow out.
Blow out followed by ignition can be extremely hazardous. Blow out Preventers (BOP) are
always used to combat abrupt appearance of sub surface high pressure. Spillage of diesel fuel
is near negligible from storage facilities at the drilling site.
iii) Effluents and Solid Waste

The following types of wastes are likely to be generated during the drilling activities:
 Drill Cuttings: comprises of drilled formation cuttings, mainly shale, sands and clay;
 Under flow from solid removal equipment: Generated from solids control/removal
equipment;
 Drill cuttings wash water: This is generated while washing the mud laden
cuttings/cavings separated through shale shaker/vibrating screen.
 Drainage discharges: Drainage discharges will occur from a variety of sources .These
include:
o Cleaning at derrick floor area
o Machine area floor drains;
o Cleaning of shale shaker screens
 Sewage: Waste water generated from office toilets and labour/staff accommodation.
 Chemical Sludge: Waste water treatment would result in generation of chemical sludge.
 Hydrocarbon Wastes: Used oils during replacement of oil in machineries
 Non hazardous solid waste: Non hazardous wastes like paper, cloth rags, jute, wood,
plastics, containers, etc.
 Medical Wastes: Small quantities of medical wastes like used bandages, syringes, empty
medicinal bottles etc.
 Biodegradable waste: Food waste or fallen leaves constituting biodegradable wastes will
be generated from drilling and labour/staff accommodation.
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Presently, KOF has an operational Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with treating capacity of
200 KLPD for treatment of formation water to achieve permissible limit for disposal as per
State Pollution Control Board norms. The oil sludge is collected in a concrete sludge storage
facility at a centralized location and is disposed of to authorized and licensed recycler.
Parameters like pH, temperature, salinity, oil and grease, suspended solids, zinc, BOD, COD,
chloride, sulphates, copper, lead etc. are monitored on daily basis, to achieve permissible
limit for disposal as per State Pollution Control Board norms. Presently, formation water
is generated @ about 70-80 KL per day which is being treated at the ETP. From the proposed

wells approx. 1-2 kld/well of formation water shall be treated in the existing 200 KLD
capacity Effluent Treatment Plant.
The mobile ETP will also be used during the drilling phase. The mobile ETP capacity is 70-
80 KLPD and to be designed on 10 hours operation basis. The existing RO plant will also be
used to treat the water. The RO Plant capacity is 5000 LPH of treated water. The Effluent
Treatment Plant and the RO plant to be designed on 10 hours operation basis.
a) Drill Cuttings
During drilling operations, approx 100-200m3 per well of wet drill cuttings are expected to be
generated from each well depending on the type of formation and depth of drilling. The mud
used during the operation will transport formation cuttings from the well bore to the surface.
These cuttings will be separated from the drilling mud using a solids-control system. This will
comprise a system of processes consisting of linear motion shale shaker / vibrating screens,
hydro-cyclones (including de-sanders and de-silters), and centrifuges to mechanically separate
cuttings from the mud fluid. The cuttings will be temporarily stored in HDPE lined pits in
each drilling location (as per G.S.R. 546 Dtd. 30/08/05) and then transported to secure landfill
sites operational at Kharsang Oil Field for disposal.
The drilling mud is reused in the system. This “closed loop system” is ideal for drilling
operations as it cuts down immensely on the total water consumption for the formulation of
drilling mud and also saves on the consumption of chemicals. Waste mud after completion of
drilling operation will be transferred to forward location. If it is not used so, it will be tested
to ascertain hazardous or non-hazardous nature and disposed off as per directions from
regulatory authority.
b) Wastewater and Sludge

In addition to the cuttings, 35KLD of wastewater is likely to be generated from washings &
spent mud. This shall be treated at the mobile ETP during the drilling operations at the drill
site and treated wastewater will be contained in HDPE lined (300 GSM) pits.
Oil Sludge of 120 – 130 MTPA (Total load) is generated from the existing operations and an
estimated amount of 3- 4 MTPA /well of oil sludge will be generated from the proposed wells
and will be collected in concrete sludge handling facility and sold to authorized recycler.
c) Fuels and Chemicals

Used fuels, oils, and chemicals will be stored in containers in areas lined with impervious
floors and surrounded by containing dykes at the rig site. Recyclable material will
periodically be transported out of the project area and given to the recyclers/contractors.
Disposal off specified hazardous wastes including discarded containers will be sent back to
the chemical supplier and ensured that all surplus or residual chemical additives are also given
back to them on restocking basis.
d) Used Oil and Filters

Used Oil & filters, can largely be recycled. All such waste will be collected and transported
out of the project area and sold to authorized recyclers. Discarded containers of approx. 50
numbers per month will be disposed of in accordance with approved safe procedures.

e) Solid Waste
Solid waste including domestic waste, combustible and recyclable waste generated shall be
collected, segregated and stored in specified containers and shall be transferred to secure
Landfill Site operational at Kharsang Oil Field for its disposal.
f) Sewage
The existing sewerage system consists of septic tanks followed by soak pits for the collection
and treatment of sewage water. Presently approx. 10 KLD of sewage water is generated. As
part of the site preparation stage, a drainage and sewerage system will be constructed and
connected to the existing septic tanks in the existing housing complex. Overflow from the
soak pits, if any will be sprayed over the ground allowing it to soak away or evaporate. The
semi-solid residue from septic tanks will be periodically cleaned and shall be utilized as
manure for gardening purpose.
g) Medical Waste
Small amounts of medical waste like used syringes, bandages, empty medicinal bottles etc.,
might be generated. Usually this may not be more than few grams. After proper segregation,
this waste will be disposed properly as per norms.
h) Camp Waste
All biodegradable waste (left over food, kitchen waste etc) will be disposed of periodically
and dumped into small humus pits away from campsite area The pits are to be covered to
avoid any odour nuisance and check contact with flies or insects. The sewerage system will
consist of soak pits for collection of waste water from the camp kitchen, laundry and showers.
Sewage from toilets will go into septic tanks. At present from the existing operations, around
80kg/day of Bio-degradable waste is being collected and composted.
2.10 EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
a) Environmental Management Laboratory and Environment Management Cell

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) has been set up with the team comprising of HSE
Officers/ Civil Engineer /Petroleum Engineers and a safety committee headed by Mines
Manager to monitor Ambient Air, water& waste water and noise. A well-equipped
Environmental Laboratory has been set up at Kharsang Oil Field, having the facility to
monitor ambient air, water and waste water and noise, stack and effluent disposal.
b) Fire Service Station

Kharsang Oil Field has a dedicated fire service department with dedicated and experienced
team equipped with one water foam fire tender to timely attend and handle fire call / wild fire.
Drenching facility and foam pouring arrangement has been made for Oil Collecting Station
(OCS) and Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF) tanks. An integrated hydrant system runs
throughout oil installations and housing area supported by drenching pumps to pressurize the
pipeline with water for drenching.
c) Pipe Line Network

At Kharsang Oil Field, some of the wells with adequate well-head pressure are produced in
OCS. These wells are flown through 4”nom. bore pipe lines from the well-head to the OCS
manifold. Accordingly, around 34 kms of 4” pipe line is hooked up to some wells in the field.
With low well-head pressure, the wells cannot be flown to OCS. These wells along with SRP
wells are produced in Tank Groups suitably placed in the field. Flow streams from such wells
are diverted to Tank Groups through 2” nom bore pipe lines. For this purpose, 3.5 kms of 2”
pipe lines has already been laid in the field.
In Kharsang oil field, some low pressure wells are produced with Gas Lift assistance. The
high pressure gas is transmitted to such well sites through 2 7/8 “OD pipe line called Artery
Gas line, which measures around 9km. Additionally, there are around 5kms of 2” pipe line for
feeding lift gas to G/L wells from the artery gas line. Inside Oil Collecting Station, there are
process pipings of sizes 2”, 4”, 6” and 8” nom bore. The total length of all the process piping
together is around 11.5km.
Processed crude oil is finally stored in the Custody Transfer Tank Farm before dispatch to the
refinery. There are 8 nos. of fixed roof tanks each having storage capacity of 795 Kls. The
piping networks in the tank farm constitute tank filling lines, tank evacuation lines, steam
lines and water drenching lines. To facilitate these services, there are pipe lines of 2”, 3”, 4”,
6” and 8” nom bore; together all measuring around 3 kms.
d) Occupational Health Centre

Kharsang Oil Field has a well-equipped Occupational Health Centre (OHC) with qualified
and dedicated Doctors to provide medical facilities. It is supported by Ambulance facility for
needy during emergency situations. Free Health Check-up camps are organized and free
medicines are provided to local people.
e) Housing Complex
Kharsang Oil Field has a well-established housing complex to provide accommodation to the
company employees and contractors during the operations. The housing complex provides
dining and recreation facilities to the employees. The complex can provide accommodation to
around 220 people.
f) Road Network
The Kharsang Oil Field is connected to the Miao-Jagun Road (Main State Road) at Kharsang
and total distance of the approach road to Kharsang oil field is2.50 Km upto the entry gate,
which is asphalted and maintained by GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited. On the way to the oil
field from Kharsang village there is a combination of steel Girder and Bailey bridge river
crossing over Namphuk River (of 55 mtr span), which is also maintained by GeoEnpro.
All the existing oil and gas wells are located & scattered within the mining lease area of
11Sq.Km and these are connected to the main road with combination gravel roads &
asphalted roads (for steep gradient roads). The total distance of these approach road to well
sites is around10.80 Km. The width of all the road carriage way varies between of 3.70 mtr to
4.0 mts (single road).
g) Secure Landfill Site

For handling hazardous waste, Secure Landfill Site is operational at Kharsang Field as per the
requirements of Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APSPCB). Drill cuttings
from the proposed drilling activity in the field shall be disposed off in the secure landfill site
as per the standards and laid down procedures by the APSPCB.

3
D ES C R IP TIO N O F
TH E EN V I R O N M EN T
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
3.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents an overview of environmental aspects concerning the development &
exploratory drilling in Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) in Changlang District, state of Arunachal
Pradesh.
The different components of the Environment, namely Air, Noise, Water (Surface and
Ground Water), Soil, Ecology and Socio-Economy of the Study Area have been defined in
this chapter. Both Primary and Secondary Information are used to assess the Baseline
Conditions. One season monitoring of various environmental parameters were carried out
from March to May, 2015.
Existing condition of Air, Noise, Water (Surface and Ground Water both), Soil, Ecology and
Socio-Economical environment in the study area, will essential to identify and assess the the
Impact of the proposed development on the area.
3.2 SITE DESCRIPTION AND ITS ENVIRONS
The Project Site is located in the Changlang District of the State of Arunachal Pradesh. The
Study Area map is given in Figure 3.1.
The Project Site lies amidst an unperturbed environment surrounded by waterbodies and
forests. Kharsang Oil Field is spread over an area of 11 sq.km, in which forty (40)
developmental wells and five (5) exploratory wells are proposed to be drilled. There are no
village settlements within the oil field boundary. In fact, apart from the thinly populated
villages with patches of arable land and habitation in the Northern half of the study area,
which falls in Namphuk and Kharsang river valley, no other settlement present in near
visinity Namphuk River is the major river, which flows through the Northern part of the oil
field. It flows through the oil field from East to West direction. Other than Namphuk there are
few nullahs flowing essentially from South to North direction and discharge in Namphuk
Hka. Haithong Wa, Longkhung Wa and Tingtai Wa (nullah) are the important one. Photo
Plate 3.1 shows the photographs of the block area.

Figure 3.1: Study Area Map

Surface Water Bodies
Human Settlement Existing Well
Photo Plate 3.1: The Study Area
3.3 REGIONAL SETTING
3.3.1 Topography & Geology
Topography
The Field is located in the South-Eastern part of Arunachal Pradesh. Exisiting operational
area is at the foothills forming an undulating plain.. The general elevation of the Kharsang Oil
Field varies from 166 m a.s.l in the Noth of the boundary to 525 m a.s.l away from it towards
South. Except for the exisiting operational area in the North of the oil field, most of the area is
forest land interspersed by small patches of waste land at few places. Namphuk Hka (river)
flows just North of KOF area essentially from East to West direction. The slope of the oil
field area varies from 0 to 400 (in degree) with the slope being from South to North direction.
Therefore, the drainage is generally from South to North discharging into the Namphuk River.
The elevation and slope map of the area is shown in Figure 3.2 and Figure 3.3, respectively.

Figure 3.2: Elevation Map of Block Area

Figure 3.3: Slope Map of Block Area

Geology
The Kharsang Field lies in the North-East of Upper Assam Valley, 40 km East of Digboi oil
field, between the Naga and Disang thrusts of the Assam-Arakan Basin. Geographically the
area is bounded in the North-West by the Eastern Himalayas, in the South-East by the Naga
Hills, in the North-East by the Mishmi Hills and in the South-West by the Mikir Hills and
Shillong Plateau. The older sediments of Tertiary in the Kharsang area are lying over the
younger Tertiaries owing to the effect of the Margherita thrust. Lithologically the sub-thrust
Girujans can be divided into two ranges, Upper sand and clay alteration and lower mainly
argillaceous sediments. Kharsang oilfield is located in the folded and thrust affected “Belt of
Schuppen” which forms the South-Eastern part of the Upper Assam Basin. The field is an
anticline associated with the Margherita thrust system. The boundary between the Girujan
Clay Formation and the overlying Namsang has been interpreted as an angular unconformity
which is a very critical factor in the geological modelling of the Kharsang Field. It constitutes
the top seal for the majority of the trapped hydrocarbons, which are contained in multiple
reservoir sand beds of the Girujan Clay Formation. Another important tectonic element of the
Kharsang field is Kharsang thrust that affects the Lower Girujan and Tipam Formations.
Figure 3.4 shows the Structure Map with Oil Fields of Assam-Arakan Basin. The Generalised
Stratigraphy of Kharsang Field is shown in Figure 3.5.
Figure 3.4: Structure Map with Oil Fields of Assam-Arakan Basin

(Source: GeoEnpro)

Figure 3.5: Generalised Lithostratigraphic Succession of Kharsang Oil Field Area

(Source: Goswami, U, Dutta, M.N. Ground Water Prospect in the Adjoining Areas of the Belt of Schuppen: Kharsang
Oilfield Area of Arunachal Pradesh, North-East India. International Journal of Geomatics and Geosciences. 2012)
3.3.2 Seismicity
Based on the inputs obtained from India Meteorological Department (IMD) and other
agencies, Bureau of Indian Standards [IS-1893 – part – 1: 2002], has classified the whole
country into four seismic zones namely Zone II, III, IV and V. Of these, zone V is rated as the
most seismically active region, while zone II is the least. The Modified Mercalli (MM)
intensity, which measures the impact of the earthquakes on the surface of the earth, broadly
associated with various zones is as follows:
Seismic Zone Intensity on MM scale

II (Low intensity zone) VI (or less)
III (Moderate intensity zone) VII
IV (Severe intensity zone) VIII
V (Very severe intensity zone) IX (and above)
The proposed project site is in Seismic Zone V as per IS 1893 (Part I):2002, the associated
intensity is MM IX (and above), which signifies that the project site is located on very severe
intensity zone. It is highly vulnerable to high intensity earthquakes. Dozens of earthquakes are
recorded in this region every year. The earthquake Zonation map of India marked with project
site is shown in Figure 3.6.

Figure 3.6: Seismic Zonation Map of India

(Source: BMTPC 2006, ndma.gov.in)
3.4 STATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.4.1 Climate & Micro Meteorology
Climate
The climate of Arunachal Pradesh is diverse because of the changing elevation. The climate
of Arunachal Pradesh varies with elevation. Upper Himalaya area with very high elevation
has an alpine or tundra climate. Below that the Middle Himalayas has a temperate climate.
Areas at the sub-Himalayan and sea-level elevation generally experience humid, sub-tropical

climate with hot summers and mild winters. Arunachal Pradesh receives heavy rainfall of
2,000 to 4,100 millimetres (79 to 161 in) annually, mostly between May and September.
Kharsang lying in the lower elevation in Changlang district has a hot and humid climate in
summer season during June-August. August is the hottest month during which temperature
exceeds 30.2 degree Celsius. December to February month period is cold. January is the
coldest month when the average maximum and minimum temperature is about 22.0 degree
Celsius and 13.0 degree Celsius, respectively. The average maximum temperature is about
26.96 degree Celsius and minimum 18.63 degree Celsius. (Source: Changlang District
website: http://changlang.nic.in/changlang.html)
The annual rainfall of Changlang district ranges between 3800 mm and 4866 mm. The major
rainfall (about 60%) is received during June to October due to the South--West monsoon. The
highest and lowest Relative Humidity are recorded during July (88% at 8:30 hour & 79% at
17:30 hour) and March (71% at 8:30 hour & 64% at 17:30 hour) respectively (Source:
Goswami, U, Dutta, M.N. Ground Water Prospect in the Adjoining Areas of the Belt of
Schuppen: Kharsang Oilfield Area of Arunachal Pradesh, North-East India. International
Journal of Geomatics and Geosciences. 2012).
Micro Meteorology
Meteorological study exerts a critical influence on air quality as it is an important factor in
governing the ambient air quality. The meteorological data recorded during the study period
was used for identifying air quality sampling locations as well as input for air quality
simulation models. Meteorological data was collected for the study period March to May,
2015, which is given in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Meteorological data of the Study Area
Temperature
Total Wind Avg.
S. Month (in OC)
Rainfall Humidity
No. /Year Avg. Speed Avg.
Min. Max. Avg. (in mm) (in %)
(in mph) Direction
March,
1 11 38 24.3 108.3 2.4 NNW 55.5
2015
April,
2 16 37 24.8 127.4 3.6 NW 70.7
2015
May,
3 20 39 29.2 232.5 3.3 WNW 73.9
2015
(Source: Margherita Town, Arunachal Pradesh, worldweatheronline.com)
The wind rose diagram for the study area is shown in Figure 3.7. The analysis of the average
wind pattern during the study period shows predominant winds blowing mainly from North
(N). The calm wind (wind speed < 1 knots) conditions prevailed for 35.87 % of the total time.
The average wind speed recorded during this time is 2.2 knots or 1.11 m/s.

Figure 3.7: Windrose Diagram
3.4.2 Land Use Land Cover
The Land Use Land Cover (LULC) within the block has been studied. The land use
distribution in the study area is given in Table 3.2. The LULC map of the study area is given
in the Figure 3.8. It is evident from the table, that majority of the field area (about 72.04%) is
under the green coverage. About 8% of the fieldarea is waste land. 0.49 % of the land is
roughly covered by the Namphuk River. Settlement constitutes about 19.76 % of the total
field area.
Table 3.2: Land Use Distribution of the Study Area
S. No. Land Use Category Area (km2) Percentage (%)

1 River 0.052 0.49
2 Built-Up Area 2.094 19.76
3 Waste Land 0.818 7.72
4 Green Coverage (s) 7.635 72.04
Total 10.599 100

Figure 3.8: Land Use & Land Cover Map of the Block Area

3.4.3 Soil Characteristics
Soil samples were collected from the field to assess its physico-chemical characteristics in the
study area. The sampling locations are given below in the Table 3.3 (also depicted in Figure
3.9).
Table 3.3: Co-ordinates of Soil Sampling Location
Area Latitude Longitude

Station Location
Code Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.
SS-1 Injan I Village 27 24 03.3 96 03 06.2
SS-2 Injan II Village 27 24 07.9 96 02 47.3
SS-3 Kharsang Village 27 25 27.2 96 01 39.9
SS-4 Near Well No. 62 27 23 33.0 96 02 11.5
SS-5 Longtom Village 27 24 31.7 96 01 20.5
SS-6 Near Admin Block 27 24 04.9 96 02 38.0
SS-7 OCS Site 27 24 07.2 96 02 09.8
SS-8 Well No 58 27 23 54.1 96 02 50.7
SS-9 Near well No 40 27 23 47.7 96 01 47.4
SS-10 Near well No 15 27 23 30.9 96 02 34.3
Methodology
The soil samples at all location were collected at the depth of 0.5 to 1.0 meters. A number of
parameters were determined, which are indicative of physicalchemical characteristics and
fertility of the soil. The analytical results of soil quality are presented in Table 3.4.
Kharsang Village Longtom Village
Photo Plate 3.2: Soil Sample Collection from the Study Area

Figure 3.9: Soil Sampling Location Map

Table 3.4: Analysis Results of Soil Sampling
Sl.
Parameter Unit SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8 SS9 SS10
No.
1 pH - 6.0 6.2 6.4 5.9 5.8 6.7 6.9 6.6 6.8 6.7
2 Electrical Conductivity µs/cm 72 98.7 97.4 67.8 71.2 94.3 132.4 88.7 120 93.2
3 Color - Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown
4 Organic Carbon % by Mass 5.25 5.32 5.64 5.12 4.88 3.3 2.83 2.64 4.51 2.17
5 Bulk density mg/m3 1.78 1.8 1.72 1.76 1.7 1.73 1.69 1.75 1.78 1.74
6 Water holding capacity % 12 9 15 10 12 16 13 10 14 11
7 Salinity gm/100gm 0.56 0.78 0.37 0.43 0.58 0.74 1.02 0.90 0.94 0.85
8 Porosity % 32.36 38.45 42.12 34.36 43.78 52.45 44.89 38.23 32.14 39.75
9 Sand % by weight 90.02 92.06 86.65 94.09 93.77 93.45 95.32 94.73 92.52 93.87
10 Clay % by weight 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50
11 Silt % by weight 9.48 7.44 12.85 5.41 5.73 6.05 4.28 4.87 6.98 5.63
12 Texture - Sand Sand Loamy sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand
13 P available mg/100gm 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.3 1.6 1.4 1.7 1.5 1.4
14 Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen % by mass 1.12 1.54 2.43 1.47 1.88 2.32 3.14 2.46 1.87 1.56
15 K available mg/100 gm 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.02
16 Sodium mg/kg 625 762.5 837.5 825 862.5 843.5 789.7 812.6 824.3 814.5
17 Calcium mg/kg 6412.8 6412.8 8016 8016 12024 10123 12547 8795 9785.3 8482
18 Magnesium mg/kg 2400 3840 3360 3840 3360 3540 3820 3270 2850 3170
19 SAR - 0.04 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.02
20 Iron mg/kg 48.12 78.36 36.42 52.45 76.8 84.27 53.89 77.23 66.89 74.23
21 Copper mg/kg 8.95 13.23 11.24 9.78 10.48 12.23 15.78 9.89 6.58 7.23
22 Zinc mg/kg 23.47 73.56 37.89 18.23 54.23 76.23 88.45 65.12 47.89 30.25
23 Manganese mg/kg 112.33 127.89 97.89 117.56 178.96 243.78 212.57 194.68 289.36 257.89
24 Nickel mg/kg 34.3 44.9 52.8 48.7 43.1 63.67 59.13 45.87 39.67 51.78
The analytical results of the soil samples collected from the study area reveal its sandy and loamy-sandy charecteristics which can be determined by
correlating the results of soil samples (as given in Table 3.4) with the given “Triangular Classification of Soil” (as depicted in Figure 3.10). The following
observation could be made from the analytical results.

Figure 3.10: Triangular Classification of Soil
Monitoring Results
 Soil pH varied in the range 5.8 to 6.9, which was moderate to slightly acidic in the nature.
The soil of the study area is dominant by sandy and brownish appreance. The bulk density
of the soil was in the range of 1.69 and 1.8 mg/m3.
 Electrical conductivity and Salinity was in the range of 67.8 to 132.4 μS/cm and 0.37 to
1.02 gm/100gm, respectively.
 Porposity and Water holding capacity of the soil was in the range of 32.14 to 54.45 % and
9 to 16 %, respectively.
 The organic carbon and total khejdal nitrogen in the soil of study area was in the range of
2.17 to 5.64% and 1.12 to 3.14 %, respectively.
 The available phosphorous, potassium, magnesium, calcium and sodium in the range of
1.3 to 1.7 mg/100 gm, 0.02 to 0.07 mg/100 gm, 2400-3840 mg/kg, 6412.8 to 12547
mg/kg and 625 to 862.5 mg/kg, respectively.
 The sodium abosrobtion ration (SAR) was in the range of 0.02 to 0.06 meq/100g.
 The heavy metals i.e. iron copper, zinc, manganes and nickel was in ther range of 36.42 to
84.27 mg/kg, 6.58 to 15.78 mg/kg, 18.23 to 88.45 mg/kg, 97.89 to 289.36 mg/kg and 34.3
to 63.67 mg/kg, respectively.
The soils hold good amount of the nutrient elements nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. The
overall fertility status of the soil within the study area can be considered as productive.
3.4.4 Water Environment
Kharsang has a very dense network of natural drainage due to the high annual precipitation.
Namphuk River is flows through the Northern part of the of the oil field area, flows from East
to West direction. The ground water depth is below 10 m bgl and groundwater condition as
reported by CGWB is „safe‟ for domestic use. (Source:
http://arunachalpradesh.gov.in/rural/html/iwmp/dpr/DPR_Changlang.pdf).
Water Quality Assessment

Four water samples were collected each from ground and surface water bodies within the Oil
Field area. The samples were analysed for physico-chemical parameters. The sampling and
analysis of water were carried out as per Standard Methods of Water and Wastewater
Analysis (APHA). The results of Ground Water Analytical result is compared with IS: 10500-

2012 drinking water standard to assess their suitability for drinking purpose. The sampling
location co-ordinates are given below in the Table 3.5. The ground water and surface water
sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.11 and Figure 3.12, respectively. The inference of
the results is presented in the forthcoming section. Photo Plat 3.3 shows the ground water
and surface water sample collection from the study area.
Table 3.5: Co-odrinates of Water Sampling Location

Station Location Source
Ground Water
GW-1 Longtom Village 27 24 36.0 96 01 20.7 Well
GW-2 Kharsang Village 27 25 27.0 96 01 40.1 Well
GW-3 Injan I village 27 24 03.3 96 03 06.2 Well
GW-4 Injan II Village 27 24 07.9 96 02 47.3 Well
Surface Water
SW-1 Namphuk River 27 24 41.1 96 01 19.0 River
(Downstream)
SW-2 Plant Treated 27 24 05.4 96 02 19.4 Pond
Water Pond
SW-3 Namphuk River 27 24 47.0 96 03 08.3 River
(Upstream)
SW-4 Kharsang River 27 25 16.2 96 01 43.8 River
Sample Collection from Nampchuk Sample Collection from Plant

River (Downstream) Treated Water Pond
Sample Collection from Longtom Sample Collection from Kharsang

Village Village
Photo Plat 3.3: Ground Water and Surface Water Sample Collection from
Study Area

Figure 3.11: Ground Water Sampling Location Map

Figure 3.12: Surface Water Sampling Location Map

Monitoring Results
The raw data for the Ground and Surface Water Quality Analytical Results are given in Table
3.6 and Table 3.7 respectively.
Table 3.6: Ground Water Quality Analytical Results
Desirable
Drinking
Sl. water
Parameter Unit GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4
No. Limits as
per IS:
10500 (2012)
1. Colour Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 5-15
0
2. Temperature C 19.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 --
3. pH value - 7.2 6.9 6.8 7.4 6.5-8.5
4. Turbidity NTU 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.5 1-5
5. Conductivity @250C µS/cm 418 390 396 413 --
6. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 219 204 215 221 500-2000
7. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 62 53.8 57.2 61.4 75-200
8. Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 81.5 65 75 86 250-1000
9. Copper mg/l 0.012 0.023 0.008 0.009 0.05-1.5
10. Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.55 1.52 1.06 0.93 1.0-1.5
11. Iron (as Fe) mg/l 2.0 2.8 1.7 2.2 0.3
12. Magnesium (as mg) mg/l 22.0 14.2 26 28 30-100
13. Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 5 7.1 9.3 6.5 45
14. Total phosphate mg/l 0.5 0.8 0.5 0.7 --
15. Sodium (as Na) mg/l 2.0 3.0 1.0 2.0 --
16. Potassium (as K) mg/l 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.7 --
17. Phenolic Compound
mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001-0.002
(C6H5OH)
18. Sulphates (as So4) mg/l 45 52 39 48 200-400
19. Sulphides (as H2S) mg/l 0.014 0.003 0.009 0.021 0.05
20. Alkalinity mg/l 71.0 56.4 66.2 67.8 200-600
21. Total hardness mg/l 92.0 86.0 108 112 200-600
22. Total Suspended solids mg/l 22.0 19.0 32.0 36.0 ---
23. Zinc mg/l 0.12 0.06 0.21 0.15 5-15
24. Cyanides mg/l 0.013 0.005 0.021 0.018 0.05
25. Lead mg/l 0.015 ND 0.009 ND 0.01
26. Mercury mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001
27. Nickel mg/l 0.012 0.007 0.003 0.015 0.02
28. Arsenic mg/l 0.006 0.012 0.003 0.015 0.01-0.05
29. Chromium Total mg/l 0.02 0.009 0.034 0.043 0.05
30. Oil and grease mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ---
31. Dissolved oxygen mg/l 2.9 4.2 3.8 3.2 --
32. Chemical Oxygen
mg/l 8.9 12.3 9.8 8.8 ---
Demand
33. BOD (3.0 day at 270C) mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 ---
The results of ground water quality monitoring are summarized below::
 The water samples were clear and transparent with little amount of turbidity (range: 0.5–
1.2 NTU, which is within the desirable drinking water limit).

 pH of the samples was in the range of 6.8 to 7.4, which is within the prescribed drinking
water (DW) limit.
 Electrical conductivity values varied in a wide range of 396 μs/cm to 418μs / indicating
the presence of considerable amount of ionic matter in ground water.
 Total dissolved solids (TDS) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) was in the range of 204
to 221 mg/l and 19 to 36 mg/l, respectively. TDS was within the desirableDW limit.
 Total hardeness and Alkalinity were found in the range of 86 to 112 mg/l and 56.4 to 71
mg/l,respectively, which was within the DW limit.
 Calcium, Chloride and Fluoride values varied in the range of 53.8 to 62 mg/l, 65 to 86
mg/l and 0.93 to 1.55 mg/l. The calcium and chlodride are under the desirable DW limit,
whereas fluride was above (GW-1: 1.55 and GW-2: 1.52) the limit because of naturally
high level, which is also reported by CGWB in ground water profile study of Arunachal
Pradesh.
 The content of Mangnesium, Nitrate, Total phosphate, Sodium and Potassium were in
the range of 14.2 to 28 mg/l, 5 to 9.3 mg/l, 0.5 to 0.8 mg/l, 1 to 3 mg/l and 0.7 to 1 mg/,
respectively.
 Phenloic compounds, Oil & Grease, Mercury and Biochemcial Oxygen Demand (BOD)
content of all samples are found below detection limit.
 The iron, zinc, chromium total, copper, lead and nickel were in the range of 2 to 2.8
mg/l, 0.06 to 0.21 mg/l, 0.009 to 0.043 mg/l, 0.008 to 0.023 mg/l, 0.009 to 0.015 mg/l
and 0.003 to 0.015 mg/l, respectively. Iron levels in groundwater are also naturally high,
which is also reported by CGWB.
 Sulphide, Arsenic and Cynides were found within the desirable DW limit.
 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) and Sulphate were in the range of 18 to 42 mg/l and
39 to 52 mg/l, respectively.
 Dissolved Oxygen was in the range of 2.8 to 4.2 mg/l.
Table 3.7: Surface Water Quality Analytical Results
Desirable
Drinking
Sl. Water
Parameter Unit SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4
No. Limits as
per IS:
10500 (2012)
1. Colour Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 5-15
0
2. Temperature C 28.6 20.0 25.0 22.8 --
3. pH value - 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.0 6.5-8.5
4. Turbidity NTU 1.6 1.9 1.2 1.4 1-5
5. Conductivity @250C µS/cm 190 173 186 178 --
6. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 98.8 86.2 112 117.4 500-2000
7. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 82 55 74 63 75-200
8. Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 125.4 138.7 128.9 142.5 250-1000
9. Copper mg/l 0.007 0.016 0.009 0.032 0.05-1.5
10. Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.28 0.087 0.19 0.21 1.0-1.5
11. Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.141 0.120 0.139 0.132 0.3
12. Magnesium (as mg) mg/l 22.0 22.3 25.5 21.4 30-100
13. Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 4.11 6.18 3.91 5.23 45
14. Total phosphate mg/l 0.04 0.55 0.18 0.34 --
15. Sodium (as Na) mg/l 12.4 57.0 28.0 46.2 --
16. Potassium (as K) mg/l 1.1 20.2 2.6 3.2 --

Desirable
Drinking
Sl. Water
Parameter Unit SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4
No. Limits as
per IS:
10500 (2012)
17. Phenolic Compound
mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001-0.002
(C6H5OH)
18. Sulphates (as So4) mg/l 57 38 48 29 200-400
19. Sulphides (as H2S) mg/l 0.037 0.015 0.029 0.031 0.05
20. Alkalinity mg/l 130 100 115 134 200-600
21. Total hardness mg/l 104 106 109 128 200-600
22. Total Suspended solids mg/l 21 47 32 26 ---
23. Zinc mg/l 0.43 0.23 0.15 0.09 5-15
24. Cyanides mg/l 0.009 0.034 0.021 0.027 0.05
25. Lead mg/l 0.017 0.034 0.014 0.012 0.01
26. Mercury mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001
27. Nickel mg/l 0.013 0.008 0.017 0.006 0.02
28. Arsenic mg/l 0.012 0.009 0.008 0.016 0.01-0.05
29. Chromium Total mg/l 0.016 0.026 0.008 0.021 0.05
30. Oil and grease mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ---
31. Dissolved oxygen mg/l 7.6 5.2 5.7 7.1 --
32. Chemical Oxygen
mg/l 13.0 15.0 18.0 23.0 ---
Demand
33. BOD (3.0 day at 270C) mg/l 3.0 4.0 3.0 5.0 ---
The data can be summarized as follows:
 The surface water samples had less than 5 Hazen units of colour.
 The amount of turbidity varied in the rang of 1.2 – 1.9 NTU which is within the
desirable limit.
 pH of the samples was found little alkaline in nature, it ranges between 8.0 to 8.8. The
pH at SW-1 location was found above the limit.
 Electrical conductivity values varied in a wide range of 173 μs/cm to 190μs /cm
indicating the presence of considerable amount of ionic matter in surface water bodies.
 Total dissolved solids (TDS) and Toral suspended solids (TSS) was in the range of 86.2
to 117.4 mg/l and 21 to 47 mg/l,respectively. TDS was within the DW limit.
 Total hardeness and Alkalinity were found in the range of 104 to 128 mg/l and 100 to
134 mg/l, respectively, which wer alsos within the DW limit.
 Calcium, Chloride and Fluoride values varied in the range of 55 to 82 mg/l, 125.4 to
142.5 mg/l and 0.087 to 0.28 mg/l, were also within DW limit.
 The content of Mangnesium, Nitrate, Total phosphate, Sodium and Potassium were in
the range of 21.4 to 25.5 mg/l, 3.91 to 6.18 mg/l, 0.04 to 0.55 mg/l, 12.4 to 57 mg/l and
1.1 to 20.2 mg/l, respectively.
 Phenloic compounds, Oil & Grease and Mercury content of all samples are below
detection limit.
 The iron, zinc, chromium total, copper, lead and nickel were in the range of 0.12 to
0.141 mg/l, 0.09 to 0.43 mg/l, 0.008 to 0.026 mg/l, 0.007 to 0.032 mg/l, 0.012 to 0.034
mg/l and 0.006 to 0.017 mg/l, respectively.
 The samples of Sulphate, Sulphide, Arsenic and Cynides were within the desirable DW
limit.

 Dissolved Oxygen (DO), Biochemical Oxygen Deman (BOD) and Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD) were in the range of 5.2 to 7.6 mg/l, 13 and 23 mg/l and 3.0 to 5.0 mg/l,
respectively.
Analytical results indicate the absence of pollution in these water sources both industrial and
domestic pollution.This is also evident from the surrounding land use land cover, which is
devioded from anthropogenic activities in both the areas, the KOF and its surroundings
3.4.5 Air Environment
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)
The Ambient Air Quality was monitored at eight (08) representative locations. The criteria
taken into account while selecting the monitoring locations were accessibility, topography,
security, availability of reliable power supply, dominant wind direction and even distribution
of sampling locations in the Study Area. The Coordinates of AAQ sampling locations are
given in Table 3.8 (which are also depicted in Figure 3.13).
Table 3.8: Co-ordinates of Air Quality Sampling Location

Station Location
AAQ-1 OCS Site 27 24 07.2 96 02 09.8
AAQ-2 Near well No 27 and 66 27 24 09.1 96 02 42.8
AAQ-3 Near Admin & Utility Block 27 24 04.1 96 02 38.3
AAQ-4 Admin Block Area 27 24 1.0 96 02 22.1
AAQ-5 Well No 58 27 23 54.1 96 02 50.7
AAQ-6 Near well No 62 27 23 30.3 96 02 8.4
AAQ-7 Near well No 15 27 23 30.9 96 02 34.3
AAQ-8 Namphuk Village 27 24 06.9 96 00 46.8
Parameters, Frequency and Monitoring Methodology
The following parameters were measured as per the MoEF approved ToR:
 Particulate Matter (PM10)

 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
 Hydrocarbon (HC)
 Volatile Organic Carbon (VOC)
Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) were also monitored for proposed project. Ambient air quality
monitoring for the above parameters was conducted for one month at a frequency of twice a
week at each station adopting a 24-hours schedule. The sampler was placed at open space that
was free from any vegetation, otherwise act as a sink to pollutants resulting in lower levels in
monitoring results. At locations close to roads, the sampler was placed at least 100 m. away
from the road to avoid influence of traffic exhaust emissions.
High Volume cum Respirable Dust Sampler was used to collect samples for the analysis of
PM10, SO2 and NOx. Glass micro-fibre filter papers (GFA Sheets, Whatman) were used for
the collection of Particulate Matter. Impingers with fixing solutions were used for the

qualitative as well as quantitative analysis of SO2 and NOx. The method of analysis for
different air quality parameters are given in Table 3.9. Photo Plate 3.4 shows the air quality
monitoring in the study area. Monitoring and analysis of Hydrocarbons and VOC were also
conducted as per the requirement of TOR approved by the MoEF.
Table 3.9: Method of Analysis for Different Air Quality Parameters
Parameters Method of Measurement

PM10 Gravimetric
SO2 Improved West and Gaeke
NO2 Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite)
HC GC-FID with propane N Column
VOC GC-FID with Methanizer
H2S Colorimeric

Figure 3.13: Air Quality Monitoring Location Map

OCS Site Near Well No. 27 and 66
Near Admin & Utility Block Admin Block Area
Well No. 58 Near Well No. 62
Near Well No. 15 Namphuk Village
Photo Plate 3.4: Air Quality Monitoring

Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area
Particulate Matter (PM10)
The 24-hourly average of PM10 levels were varied station wise between 19.1µg/m3 and
59.4µg/m3, which were within the NAAQS standards, 2009. The summary of PM10 monitored
in the study area is given in Table 3.10. The PM10 levels were well below the permissible
limits (NAAQS, 2009 limit of 100µg/m3). The dust generating out of the site for any activity
specifically for ground cleaning and top soil removal for new bore whole would dissipate
quite well without resulting to any gross dust (particle matter) pollution.
Table 3.10: Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
24-hourly Average PM10 (μg/m3)

Location
Station Location Monitored Limit as per
Code
Value NAAQS
AAQ - 1 OCS Site 19.1 100
AAQ - 2 Near well No 27 and 66 40.1 100
AAQ - 3 Near Admin & Utility Block 35.7 100
AAQ - 4 Admin Block Area 35.6 100
AAQ - 5 Well No 58 50.8 100
AAQ - 6 Near Well No 62 59.4 100
AAQ - 7 Near Well No 15 59.1 100
AAQ - 8 Namphuk Village 40.5 100
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
The analytical result of SO2 value reveals that the concentration of SO2 is within the
prescribed standard limits of NAAQS, 2009 at all the locations. The area being mostly
covered with forests and forest villages with very little industrial activities, the SO 2 levels are
expected to be low as shown in Table 3.11.
Table 3.11: Summary of SO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
Location 24-hourly Average SO2 (μg/m3)

Station Location
Code Monitored Value Limit as per NAAQS
AAQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 and 66 5.11 80
AAQ - 5 Well No. 58 6.97 80
AAQ - 6 Near Well No. 62 5.96 80
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
The 24-hourly NOx level over the entire study area measured at the eight monitoring stations
ranged between 5.21µg/m3 to 8.76µg/m3. The data depicted that the concentration of oxides

of nitrogen at all the stations are well within the prescribed limits as summarized in Table
3.12.
Table 3.12: Summary of NO2 Levels in the Study Area
Location 24-hourly Average NO2 (μg/m3)

Station Location
Code Monitored Value Limit as per NAAQS
AAQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 and 66 10.32 80
AAQ - 5 Well No. 58 12.76 80
AAQ - 7 Near Well No. 15 10.36 80
Volatile Organic Compunds (VOC)
The concentration observed was below detection limit as shown in Table 3.13 below. The
detection limit of the instrument used for analyzing VOC in the samples was 0.1 g/m3.
Table 3.13: Summary of VOC Levels in the Study Area
Location Observed 24-hourly

Station Location
Code Average VOC (μg/m3)
AAQ - 1 OCS Site BDL
AAQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 and 66 BDL
AAQ - 3 Near Admin & Utility Block BDL
AAQ - 4 Admin Block Area BDL
AAQ - 5 Well No. 58 BDL
AAQ - 6 Near Well No. 62 BDL
AAQ - 8 Namphuk Village BDL
BDL: Below Detection Limit (0.1 μg/m3)
Hydrocarbons (HC)
The sampling of HC was carried out. The analysed concentrations of Hydrocarbons –

Methane and Non-Methane are tabulated in Table 3.14.
Table 3.14: Summary of HC Levels in the Study Area
Location Observed 24-hourly Average HC (μg/m3)

Station Location
Code Methane Non-Methane
AAQ - 1 OCS Site 0.51 0.38
AAQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 and 66 0.95 0.64
AAQ - 3 Near Admin & Utility Block 0.37 0.24
AAQ - 4 Admin Block Area 0.33 0.20
AAQ - 5 Well No. 58 1.02 0.68
AAQ - 6 Near Well No. 62 0.89 0.57

Location Observed 24-hourly Average HC (μg/m3)

Station Location
Code Methane Non-Methane
AAQ - 7 Near Well No. 15 0.73 0.42
AAQ - 8 Namphuk Village 0.23 0.14
Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)
The concentration observed was below detection limit as shown in Table 3.15 below. The
detection limit of the instrument used for analyzing H2S in the samples was 6 g/m3.
Table 3.15: Summary of H2S Levels in the Study Area
Location Observed 24-hourly Average

Station Location
Code H2S (μg/m3)
AAQ - 1 OCS Site BDL
AAQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 and 66 BDL
AAQ - 3 Near Admin & Utility Block BDL
AAQ - 4 Admin Block Area BDL
AAQ - 5 Well No. 58 BDL
AAQ - 8 Namphuk Village BDL
BDL: Below Detection Limit- 6 μg/m3
3.4.6 Noise Environment
Major sources of noise in the study area:
 Noise made by normal human activities;

 Noise made by vehicles, trucks, etc.;
 Natural noise, consisting of sounds made by birds, animals and insects.
The purpose of noise monitoring at different locations is to obtain baseline noise levels for
future reference.
Ambient Noise Monitoring
Ambient noise moniotoring was conducted to assess the background noise levels in the study
area. Noise monitoring was done in ten (10) locations and location was selected so that it falls
within one km radial area of the proposed well. Monitoring was carried out on a 24-hourly
basis. The locations selected for the study are given in Table 3.16 and Figure 3.14. The
monitoring results are given in Table 3.17. Photo Plate 3.5 shows the noise quality
monitoring carried out in and around the study area.
Table 3.16: Location of the Noise Monitoring Stations
Area Area Latitude Longitude

Station Location
Code Category Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.
NQ - 1 OCS Site Industrial 27 24 07.2 96 02 09.8
NQ - 2 Near Well Nos. Industrial 27 24 09.1 96 02 42.8
27 and 66
Area Area Latitude Longitude

Station Location
Code Category Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.
NQ - 3 Near Admin & Commercial 27 24 04.1 96 02 38.3
Utility Block
NQ - 4 Admin Block Commercial 27 24 1.0 96 02 22.1
Area
NQ - 5 Well No. 58 Industrial 27 23 54.1 96 02 50.7
NQ - 6 Near Well No. 62 Industrial 27 23 30.3 96 02 8.4
NQ - 9 Namphuk Village Residential 27 24 06.9 96 00 46.8
NQ - 10 Longtom village Residential 27 24 31.7 96 01 24.5
Ambient noise level or sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured by a portable sound level
meter having built in facilities to read noise level directly in dB (A). A-weighted equivalent
continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values were computed from the values of A-weighted
SPL measured with the help of noise meter. Noise Measurement was carried as per IS: 4954
standards as given by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). At each location, noise
monitoring was conducted continuously over a period of twenty-four hours to obtain Leq
values at uniform time intervals of one hour.
Day time Leq has been computed from the hourly Leq values between 6.00 a.m. and 10.00 p.m.
and night time Leq from the hourly Leq values between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m. using the
following formula:
1 8
L
1 16
L i
 10 log 1010
i
Leq d a y  10 log 10

16 i 1
10 Leqn ig h t
8 i 1
Where, Li = Leq value of the ith hourly time interval

Figure 3.14: Noise Quality Monitoing Location Map

Near Well No. 15 Near Well No. 62
Well No. 58 Near Well No. 27 and 66
OCS Site Namphuk Village
Photo Plate 3.5: Noise Quality Monitoring
Table 3.17: Summary of Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area
Location Area Day Night

Location
Code Category Leq Limit Leq Limit
NQ - 1 OCS Site Industrial 50.4 75 38.2 70
NQ - 2 Near Well Nos. 27 Industrial 56.5 75 39.1 70

Location Area Day Night

Location
Code Category Leq Limit Leq Limit
and 66
NQ - 3 Near Admin & Utility Commercial 53.6 65 41.2 55
Block
NQ - 4 Admin Block Area Commercial 50.5 65 37.9 55
NQ - 5 Well No. 58 Industrial 71.6 75 56.1 70
NQ - 6 Near Well No. 62 Industrial 58.0 75 44.7 70
NQ - 9 Namphuk Village Residential 43.6 55 31.0 45
NQ - 10 Longtom village Residential 41.9 55 32.4 45
Area category: I-Industrial, C-Commercial, R-Residential, S-Silence zone

Day time: 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. Night time: 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
Permissible ambient noise standards in dB (A):
Industrial Area : Day time: 75, Night time: 70

Commercial Area : Day time: 65, Night time: 55
Residential Area : Day time: 55, Night time: 45
Silence Zone : Day time: 50, Night time: 40
Analysis of the Data
Assessment of noise level was carried out at ten locations. The values of noise level recorded
were in the range of 41.9 to 71.6 dB (A) at day time and 31.0 to 59.1 dB (A) at night time.
The noise level was within the permissible limit as per the Ambient Air Quality Standards in
respect of Noise, 2000.
3.4.7 Biological Environment
The study area mainly lies within the productive Kharsang Oil Field and falls under the
Namchik Reserve Forest region covered with dense mixed jungle. Out of the 11 sq. km. of the
project area, around 136 hectares of land has already been diversified. Also, an application
dated May 26, 2014 for diversion of additional Forest land (94.712 Hectares) under the Forest
(Conservation) Act, 1980 is presently under examination. The block area is drained by several
rivers and streams (locally known as „Hka‟ or „Wa‟) like Kharsang, Namphuk, Lonkhung and
Maithong nullahas. Apart from this, the area is generally a degraded forests block with
presence of coal mines and other anthropogenic activities and does not have any ecologically
and/or sensitive area within its 10 km and 15 km radius. The map of the study area and its
location with respect to the Namdapha National Park is presented in Figure 3.15.
The study was carried out around 10 km radius of the project site and within the block area
and data was collected on flora and fauna including rare and endangered species within the
block area. The elevation of the area ranges from 166 m. above MSL in North to 525.m.
above MSL towards South.

Figure 3.15: Kharsang Oil Field Study Area Map (10 Km and 15 Km Radius) and Its
Distance from Namdapha National Park
(Source: Survey of India State Toposheet)
Flora
Vegetation Cover
Apart from the field visits, the land use / land covers image prepared by remote sensing
technology was used for vegetation survey. The area is mainly covered by terrestrial
vegetation, which includes dense or sparse tropical evergreen forests, moist deciduous forests
and degraded forests. Most of the plants are of tropical and sub-tropical wet evergreen and
semi-ever green variety in the lower reaches. But most of the wooded area, which is easily
accessible is subject to frequent destruction for shifting cultivation by the local people
resulting in reduced canopy cover. Paddy, tea and oil seeds cultivation aremost commonly
practiced. Forest is one of the most important constituents of the resource base of the district.
Photo plate 3.6 shows the local vegetation and surroundings of the study area.

Hollong Plant (Dipterocarcus

Tea Cultivation near the Study Area
marcrocarpus)
Chatim (Alstonia scholaris) Forest Cover near the Existing Well
Tita Sopa (Michelia champaca) Bohera (Terminalia ballirica)
Photo Plate 3.6: Local Vegetation and Surroundings of the Study Area
The forests of this division can be grouped into the following types identified by Champions
and Seth‟s classification:
i IB C1- Northern Tropical Evergreen Forests (Assam Valley Tropical Wet Evergreen
Forests).
ii 3C IS2 (b)- North Indian Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests (Eastern Hollock Forests-
Terminalia- Duabanga).
iii Miscellaneous Forests.

The area has a rich floristic diversity. The dominant plant species in the block area are Gmelia
arborea, Castanopsis indica, Sapium baccatum, Bischofia javanica, Terminalia myriocarpa,
Artocarpus chaplasha, Duabanga grandiflora, Neolamarckia cadamba, Albizia procera and
Sterculia villosa. A comprehensive list of plant species found in and around the 10 km radius
of the project site is listed in Table 3.18 below.
Table 3.18: List of Flora found in Study Area
Scientific Name Local/ Common Name Family

Trees
Aesculus panduana Bikhsopa Sapindaceae
Ailanthus grandis Borpat Simaroubaceae
Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae
Albizia lucida Moj Fabaceae
Albizia procera Koroi Fabaceae
Alstonia scholaris Satiana Apocynaceae
Altingia excelsa Jutuli Altingiaceae
Amoora wallichi Amari Maliaceae
Aqilaria agallocha Agar Thymelaeaceae
Artocarpus chaplasha Sam Moraceae
Azadirachta indica Mahaneem Meliaceae
Bailsehmiedia assamica Amsoi Lauraceae
Bischofia javanica Uriam Phyllanthaceae
Bombax ceiba Simul Malvaceae
Castanopsis indica Hingori Fagaceae
Chukrassia tabularis Bogi Poma Meliaceae
Cinnamomum tamala Tejpat Lauraceae
Crataeva religiosa Barun Capparaceae
Dillenia indica Owtenga Dilleniaceae
Dipterocarcus marcrocarpus Hollong Dipterocarpaceae
Duabanga grandiflora Khokan Lythraceae
Dysoxylum hamiltonii Gandhelli Poma Meliaceae
Dysoxylum binectariferum Banderdima Meliaceae
Erythrina suberosa Madar Fabaceae
Eugenia praecox Bogi- Jamuk Myrtaceae
Gmelia arborea Gamari Lamiaceae
Knema linifolia Tej Ranga Myristicaceae
Kydia calycina Pichola Malvaceae
Lagerstroemia speciosa Ajar Lythraceae
Lannea grandis Jai poma Anacardiaceae
Litsea panamanja Bhuisopa Lauraceae
Magnolia griffithii Sopa Magnoliaceae
Mangifera indica Am Anacardiaceae
Mangifera sylvatica Bon Aam Anacardiaceae
Mesua ferrea Nahar Calophyllaceae
Michelia champaca Tita Sopa Magnoliaceae

Myristica kingii Amul Myristicaceae
Neolamarckia cadamba Kadam Rubiaceae
Phoebe cooperiana Mekahi Lauraceae
Pterospermum acerifolium Karnikara Malvaceae
Sapium baccatum Selleng Euphorbiaceae
Shorea assamica Makai Dipterocarpaceae
Spondias mangifera Amora/ Omora Anacardiaceae
Sterculia villosa Udal Malvaceae
Stereospermum chelonoides Paroli Bignoniaceae
Talauma hodgsonii Baramthuri Magnoliaceae
Michelia champaca Tita Sopa Magnoliaceae
Tectona grandis Teak Lamiaceae
Terminalia ballirica Bohera Combretaceae
Terminalia myriocarpa Hollock Combretaceae
Toona ciliata Poma Meliaceae
Herbs, Shrubs & Grasses
Aconitum heterophyllum Atish Ranunculaceae
Acorus calamus Vacha Acoraceae
Alpinia allughas Tota Zingiberaceae
Andrographis paniculata Teeta Chiraita Acanthaceae
Citrus sp. Jora Tenga Rutaceae
Clerodendrum sp. Vita Lamiaceae
Coptis teeta Mishmi Teeta Ranunculaceae
Erianthus ravennae Ekra Poaceae
Eupatorium odoratum Garumau Lota Asteraceae
Imperata arundinaceae Thatch Poaceae
Musa sp. Kolgoch Musaceae
Phragmites karka Nol Poaceae
Phrynium imbricatum Kaupat Marantaceae
Pteris quadriaurita Bihlongoni Pteridaceae
Randia dumetorum Bihomona Rubiaceae
Rauvolfia serpentina Sarpagandha Apocynaceae
Saccharum spontaneum Khagri Poaceae
Solanum subtrucatum Hatibhekuri Solanaceae
Whithania somnifera Aswagandha Solanaceae
Climbers
Acacia pennata Kuchai Fabaceae
Bauhinia vahlii Ghila Lota Caesalpiniaceae
Dioscorea floribunda Kham alu Dioscoreaceae
Ficus scandens Lota Dimoru Moraceae
Gnetum scandens Mermeri Lota Gnetaceae
Heptapleurum venulosum Dhobai Lota Araliaceae
Mikania micrantha Mikenia Asteraceae
Rubia cordifolia Manjista Rubiaceae
Rubus ellipticus Jetelupoka Rosaceae
Stenochina palustre Dhekia Lota Fabaceae
Tinospora cordifolia Guduchi Menispermaceae
Vitis latifolia Gowalia Lota Vitaceae


Vitis sp. Pani Lota Vitaceae
Vitis trifolia Amal Lata Vitaceae
Bamboos
Teinostachyum dullooa Dalu Poaceae
Dendrocalamus hamiltonii Kako Poaceae
Bambusa pallida Bijuli Poaceae
Pseudostachyum polymorphum Bhojal Poaceae
Bambusa tulda Jati Poaceae
(Source: Primary Survey, Local Enquiry & Dept. of Environment & Forests (A.P.),
GoI)
Threatened and Endangered Plant Species
During the course of survey a critically endangered plant species Shorea assamica, commonly
kwon as White Meranti and locally called Makai is recorded from the study area. Another rare
and endemic plant species encountered in the study area is Coptis teeta, locally known as
Mishmi Teeta. It also possesses medicinal values.
Medicinal Plants
The ethno-botanical utility of various trees, shrubs, herbs climbers and grass species observed
and reported from the study area and its surroundings along with some economically
important plant species are given in Table 3.19. Around 20 numbers of medicinal and
economically important plants are listed from this area.
Table 3.19: List of Plant Species having Medicinal & Economical Importance
Sl.
Scientific Name Local Name Family Uses
No.
1. Aconitum Atish Ranunculaceae Analgesic, anti-
heterophyllum inflammatory, antipyretic,
aphrodisiac, astringent
2. Acorus calamus Vacha Acoraceae Brain tonic, coolant, colic
pain
3. Aesculus Bikhsopa Sapindaceae Anti- inflammatory,
panduana treatment for chronic
venous insufficiency
4. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae Used as an astringent and
also as a tonic. Used for
treatment of abdominal
tumor and inflammation
5. Alstonia Satiana Apocynaceae Skin disorders, ulcers,
scholaris chronic dysentery, fever
and malaria
6. Andrographis Teeta Acanthaceae Blood purifier, anti-
paniculata Chiraita helminthic and liver tonic
7. Aqilaria Agar Thymelaeaceae Important source of agar
agallocha
8. Azadirachta Mahaneem Meliaceae anthelmintic, antifungal, ant
indica idiabetic, antibacterial, anti
viral, contraceptive and

Sl.
Scientific Name Local Name Family Uses
No.
sedative
9. Coptis teeta Mishmi Ranunculaceae Antimicrobial and anti-
Teeta inflammatory
10. Crataeva Barun Capparaceae Rheumatic pain, swelling
religiosa and urinary infections.
11. Dioscorea Kham alu Dioscoreaceae Used as steroids and
floribunda contraceptives.
12. Dysoxylum Gandhelli Meliaceae Bark used to treat stomach
hamiltonii Poma pain
13. Dysoxylum Banderdima Meliaceae Inflammation, cardio
binectariferum disorder, CNS disorder,
tumor
14. Randia Bihomona Rubiaceae Anti- vomiting, anti-
dumetorum inflammatory, diarrhea and
dysentery
15. Rauvolfia Sarpagandha Apocynaceae Blood pressure
serpentina
16. Rubia cordifolia Manjista Rubiaceae Blood disorder, anti-
inflammatory, kidney and
intestinal disorders. Also
used as dye.
17. Saccharum Khagri Poaceae Dyspepsia, burning
spontaneum sensation, tonic and
diuretic.
18. Stereospermum Paroli Bignoniaceae Cooling Drink, treatment
chelonoides for fever and indigestion
19. Terminalia Bohera Combretaceae Immune system
ballirica stimulation, improvement
of digestion, treatment for
diabetes
20. Tinospora Guduchi Menispermaceae Tonic and vitaliser
cordifolia
21. Whithania Aswagandha Solanaceae Tumors, ulcers, insomnia
somnifera
(Source: Primary Survey, Local Enquiry & Dept. of Environment & Forests (A.P.), GoI)
Fauna
The information of the wild fauna, which are present in and around the project area are
gathered from various sources like forest officials, local villagers and also by detail survey of
these areas by EIA study team. During the field survey wild animals were recorded by direct
observations as well as indirect evidences such as calls, nests, burrows, droppings, scats,
tracks, presence of special habitats etc., which confirms the presence of these wild animals in
the area. Apart from the wild fauna, goats and cattle were present in most of the households.
A comprehensive list of wild animals and their conservation status as per Wildlife Protection
Act, 1972 and IUCN Red List is prepared from various secondary sources including
Arunachal Pradesh Forest Department websites as well as direct and indirect evidences by
EIA team as well as by the work force of the KOF are given in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20: List of Important Fauna in the Study Area
Sl. WPA Schedule /

Scientific Name Local/Common Name
No. IUCN Red List
Mammals
1. Arctictis binturong Binturong I / Vulnerable
2. Bubalus bubalis Wild Buffalo I / Endangered
3. Budorcas taxicolar Takin I / Vulnerable
4. Canis aureus Golden Jackal II / Least Concern
5. Cervus unicolor Sambar III / Vulnerable
6. Dremomys lokriah Orange Bellied Squirrel Least Concern
7. Elephas maximus Indian Elephant I / Endangered
8. Felis chaus Jungle cat II / Least Concern
9. Felis viverrina Fishing Cat I / Endangered
10. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose II / Least Concern
11. Hylopetes alboniger Particoloured Flying II / Least Concern
Squirrel
12. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV / Least Concern
13. Macaca assamensis Assamese macaque II / Near Threatened
14. Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque II / Least Concern
15. Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolian I / Endangered
16. Melursus ursinus Sloth Bear I / Vulnerable
17. Moschus moschiferus Musk deer I / Vulnerable
18. Muntiacus muntjak Barking Deer I / Least Concern
19. Naemorhedus goral Goral III / Near Threatened
20. Paradoxurus Common Palm Civet II / Least Concern
hermaphroditus
21. Petaurista philippensis Giant Flying Squirrel II / Least Concern
22. Rattus rattus House Rat V / Least Concern
23. Semnopithecus entellus Common Langur II / Least Concern
24. Tamiops mcclellandii Stripped Squirrels IV / Least Concern
25. Tupaia glis Common Tree Shrew V / Least Concern
26. Ursus thibetanus Himalayan Black Bear II / Vulnerable
27. Viverra zibetha Large Indian Civet II / Near Threatened
28. Viverra zibetha Large Indian Civet II / Near Threatened
29. Viverricula indica Small Indian Civet II / Least Concern
30. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox II / Least Concern
31. Vulpes vulpes Red Fox II / Least Concern
Reptiles
32. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait IV / Least Concern
33. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard IV / Least Concern
34. Daboia siamensis Russels Viper IV / Least Concern
35. Hemidactylus platyurus House Gecko IV / Least Concern

Sl. WPA Schedule /

No. IUCN Red List
36. Naja naja Cobra II / Least Concern
37. Ptyas mucosa Rat Snake IV / Least Concern
38. Python molurus Python I / Near Threatened
39. Takydromous sexlineatus Grass Lizard IV / Least Concern
40. Varanus bengalensis Large Bengal Monitor Lizard I / Least Concern
41. Varanus flavescens Yellow Monitor Lizard I / Least Concern
Amphibians
42. Bufo melanostictus Toad IV / Least Concern
43. Polypedates leucomystax Tree Frog IV / Least Concern
Birds
44. Aceros nipalensis Rufous Naked Hornbill I / Vulnerable
45. Alcedo hercules Blyth‟s Kingfisher IV / Near Threatened
46. Apus apus Common Swift NA / Least Concern
47. Apus melba Alpine Swift NA / Least Concern
48. Athene brama Spotted Owlet I / Least Concern
49. Buceros bicornis Great Indian Hornbill I / Near Threatened
50. Caprimulgus climacurus Long tailed Nightjar IV / Least Concern
51. Columba pulchricollis Ashy Wood Pigeon IV / Least Concern
52. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin IV / Least Concern
53. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller IV / Least Concern
54. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow NA / Least Concern
55. Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo IV / Least Concern
56. Cuculus saturatus Himalayan Cuckoo IV / Least Concern
57. Cyornis unicolor Pale Blue Flycatcher IV / Least Concern
58. Dicrurus aeneus Bronzed Drongo IV / Least Concern
59. Dicrurus paradiseus Large Racket Tailed NA / Least Concern
Drongo
60. Dinopium benghalense Large Golden- backed IV / Least Concern
Woodpecker
61. Eurystomus glaucurus Broad Billed Roller IV / Least Concern
62. Ficedula westermanni Little Pied Flycatcher IV / Least Concern
63. Gracula religiosa Hill Myna I / Least Concern
64. Horornis fortipes Brownish flanked bush IV / Least Concern
warbler
65. Hypsipetes leucocephalus Black Bulbul IV / Least Concern
66. Lonchura punctulata Spotted Munia IV / Least Concern
67. Megalaima asiatica Blue Throated Barbet IV / Least Concern
68. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail NA / Least Concern
69. Muscicapa infuscata Sooty Flycatcher IV / Least Concern
70. Otus scops Indian scops Owl IV / Least Concern
71. Parus monticolus Green- backed Tit IV / Least Concern

Sl. WPA Schedule /

No. IUCN Red List
72. Passer domesticus House Sparrow NA / Least Concern
73. Phodilus badius Bay Owl IV / Least Concern
74. Phoenicurus frontalis Blue Fronted Redstart IV / Least Concern
75. Picus canus Grey Naked Woodpecker IV / Least Concern
76. Polyplectron bicalcaratum Peacock Pheasant I / Least Concern
77. Psittacula alexandri Red Breasted Parakeet IV / Near Threatened
78. Pycnonotus cafer Red- vented Bulbul IV / Least Concern
79. Rhyticeros undulatus Wrethed Hornbill I / Least Concern
80. Spizaetus nipalensis Mountain Hawk Eagle NA / Least Concern
81. Terpsiphone paradisi Paradise Flycatcher IV / Least Concern
82. Toxostoma rufum Large Brown Thrush IV / Least Concern
83. Tragopan temminckii Temminek‟s Tragopan I / Least Concern
84. Vanellus vanellus Lapwing NA / Least Concern
(Source: Primary Survey & Dept. of Environment & Forests (A.P.), GoI)
‘NA’ means Status is not mentioned under any Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
Aquatic Fauna
About 0.49% of the block area is drained by several rivers and streams (locally known as
„Hka‟ or „Wa‟) like Kharsang, Namphuk, Lonkhung and Maithong. These provide a good
habitat for fresh water fishes, which mainly serves as the food source for the locals.
Information on the common fishes available is collected through local enquiries, primary
survey, forest departments and secondary sources. A list of fishes predominantly found in the
study area is given in Table 3.21.
Table 3.21: List of Common Fishes Found in the Study Area
Sl. Common/Local IUCN Conservation

Scientific Name
No. Name Status
1. Bami Mastacembelus armatus Least Concern
2. Bok pithia Tor tor Near Threatened
3. Borali Wallago attu Near Threatened
4. Elang Rasbora elanga Least Concern
5. Goroi Channa sp Least Concern
6. Jonga pithin Tor putitora Endangered
7. Kakila Xenentodon cancila Least Concern
8. Kanduli Notopterus notopterus Least Concern
9. Kaoi Anabas testudineus Data Deficient
10. Kuri Labeo gonius Least Concern
11. Magur Clarias batrachus Least Concern
12. Puthi Puntius chola Least Concern
13. Sheel ghoria Crossocheilus latius Least Concern
14. Singhi Heteropneustes fossilis Least Concern
15. Tangra Mystus tengara Least Concern
(Source: Primary Survey & Dept. of Environment & Forests (A.P.), GoI)

3.4.8 Socio-Economic Environment
Kharsang Oil Field is located in the Changlang district, which is the second most populated
district of Arunachal Pradesh (Census of India, 2011). The Oil field falls in the
Kharsang circle of Miao sub-division of Changlang. The KOF or the Study Area is mostly
uninhabited being in the forest region. Few villages close to KOF were chosen to carry out
social survey. These villages are Injan, Longtom, Namphuk and Kharsang. Few Habitation
observed in the study area.
The summary of the demographic profile of habitations of the surveyed villages in study area
is given in Table 3.22.
Table 3.22: Demographic Profile of Villages falling in Study Area
Total no. of Population Literacy

S.No. Name of Village
Households Male Female Total Rate
1 Longtom I 252 621 499 1,120 38.44%
2 Longtom II 46 162 126 288 51.35%
3 Injan 13 33 37 70 39.22%
4 Kharsang H.Q. I 410 1,025 895 1,920 79.16%
Total 721 1,841 1,557 3,398
Education facilities
In and around the block area only primary educational facilities are present. Kharsang H.Q.I
has only education facilities upto primary level. Adult literacy centres are present in all the
major villages of Kharsang district. (Source: Census of India, 2001). The education facilities
present within the villages falling in study area are given in Table 3.23.
Table 3.23: Educational Facilities in Villages falling in Study Area
Educational Facilities
S.
Name of Village Schools Others Total
No.
P* M* S* SS* ALC*
1 Longtom I 1 0 0 0 1 2
2 Longtom II 1 0 0 0 1 2
3 Injan 1 0 0 0 1 2
4 Kharsang H.Q. I 2 2 1 1 3 9
Total 5 2 1 1 6 15
*P-Primary; M-Middle; S-Secondary; SS-Senior Seconday; ALC-Adult Literacy Centre
Medical facilities
Data on medical facilities in the block area is not available from any government office or
with Census of India. A few medical facilities were observed during the field survey and
stakeholder consultations during the study period (March-May 2015).

Health care facilities are provided by GeoEnpro in surrounding villages through their
Occupational Health Center / Dispensary. Ambulance facility is also present to handle
emergency situations. On average 120-150 locals are benefited by GeoEnpro health care
facilities daily. The services also include the following:
 Anti – malarial preventive care service involving distribution of medicines and

anti-mosquito spray.
 Mobile health camps.
 Health Melas are also being organized for health check-up by practiced doctors.
Drinking Water and Sanitation facilities
Most of the households located in and around the block area are dependent upon the ground
water source from uncovered wells. Some of the households have tap water. Around 80% of
the drinking water sources are located within or near the premises of the households.
Almost 95% of the total households have the latrine facilities within the premises.
Approximately 92 % of the total households do not have drainage facilities for wastewater
discharge.
The drinking water and sanitation facilities within the villages falling in study area are given
in Table 3.24 and Table 3.25, respectively.

Table 3.24: Drinking Water Facilities of Villages falling in Study Area
Location of drinking water

Main Source of Drinking Water (in %)
source (in %)
Sl. Tap
Villages Tap water Tube
No. water Covered Un- Tank/
from Hand Spr River/ Other Within Near
from covered well/ Pond/ Away
un-treated well pump ing Canal sources premises premises
treated well Borehole Lake
source
source
1 Longtom I 4.7 73.8 3.7 14 0 0.9 0 0.9 0.5 1.4 56.5 29.9 13.6
2 Longtom II 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 33.3 66.7 0
3 Injan 20.1 29.1 7.3 30.7 3.5 5.4 0 3.8 0 0 44.8 24.7 30.4
4 Kharsang H.Q. I 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.6 88.4 0
(Source: Census of India, 2011)
Table 3.25: Sanitation Facilities of Villages falling in Study Area
Number of households Number of households not Alternative source Waste water outlet connected to
Sl. having latrine facility having latrine facility (in %) (in %)
Villages within the premises within the premises
No. Public Closed Open No
(in %) (in %) Open
latrine drainage drainage drainage
1 Longtom I 91.6 8.4 0 8.4 0.9 7.5 91.6
2 Longtom II 100 0 0 0 0 0 100
3 Injan 94.3 5.7 0.3 5.4 1.6 20.4 78
4 Kharsang H.Q. I 100 0 0 0 0 0 100
(Source: Census of India, 2011)

The villages have very limited means in terms of infrastructure.The main occupation of the
people is farming, which thrives on the river water and ground water sources and animal
husbandry. Each village has a primary school except for Kharsang village, which has a High
school too. The villages have only basic human and veterinary medical facilities. Kharsang is
having a Post Office and metalled road. The other villages are connected to Kharsang by road.
Photo Plate 3.7 shows the public consultation sessions in progress.
Photo Plate 3.7: Public Consultation at Different Locations in the Study Area

4
A N TI C IPA TED
EN V I R O N M EN TA L
IM PA C TS A N D
M ITI G A TI O N
M EA SU R ES
ANTICIPATED
4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON THE ENVIRONMENT
The Potential Impacts anticipated during the Drilling Operation are identified and presented in
this Chapter. The impacts are identified with respect to Air, Water and Noise & Vibration,
Biological and Socio-Economic Environment.
The Mitigation Measures, which are required to mitigate the Adverse Impacts, are also
discussed in this chapter. Positive Impacts of the project on the area are also specified in this
chapter along with the adverse Impacts and its Mitigation Measures. The general
Methodology used for Environmental Impact Assessment is presented in Figure 4.1.
Drilling Programme Environmental

Design Description
Hazard Hazard Environmental

Identification Characterisation Sensitivities
Identification of Project/
Environment Interactions
Environmental Impact
Assessment
Mitigation Measures
Figure 4.1: Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment
The information presented in project description and baseline chapters are used as basis of the
identification of the Interactions between the planned Drilling Operations and the existing
Environment.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF INTERACTIONS
Project Activity – Environmental Sensitivity Interaction Matrix has been used to identify the
possible Potential Impacts due to the proposed drilling of 40 numbers of Developmental wells
and five Exploratory / Appraisal wells in Kharsang Oil Field. The activities proposed to be
carried out during the Drilling Operations are:
 Site preparation and installation of facilities.

 Road construction.
 Drilling operation.
 Operation of heavy machineries and DG sets.
The Interaction Matrix is presented in Table 4.1. The Interaction between the Project
Activities and the various Environmental Components is shown in this table. At this stage the
interactions are not quantified, but only identified for further assessment. The potential
Adverse Impacts of Exploratory and Development Drilling Operation Phase are represented
by ‘X’ mark in the table and the Beneficial Impacts are represented by ‘+’ mark. Once the
drilling operation is completed, the impacts on surrounding environment is negligible.
Table 4.1: Interactions between Project Activity and Environmental Sensitivities
Project Activities
Site preparation
and installation
Environmental Parameters
Operation of
construction
and DG sets
machineries
of facilities
operation
Drilling
heavy
Road
Physical Parameter
Topography X X X X
Air X X X X
Noise and Vibration X X X X
Surface Water X X
Ground Water X
Soil X X X X
Biological Parameter
Flora X X X X
Fauna X X X X
Eco –sensitive area
Socio-Economic Parameter
Land Use X X X X
Employment + + + +
Economy + +
Infrastructure +
Community Health and Safety X
Occupational Health and Safety X X X X

4.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
The Drilling Sites will be located on a plain area. Pits with Impervious Lining will be
constructed for containment of Effluent. Site-Preparation and Road-Construction activities
will be undertaken simultaneously. The Drilling Operation will commence after the Site
Preparation and Installation of Drilling Equipments on the site,.
Drilling will be confined to a relatively small area (100 X 100 m) and movement of the
worker will be restricted to the fenced premises (Drill Site, Drill Site Accommodation, and
OS & DSA) only. The Identified Potential Impacts can be controlled by following Good
Management Practices (Safety Management, Environment Management and HSE
Management) and proposed Mitigation Measures.
4.3.1 Air Environment
Impacts
Construction Phase
Temporary and marginal impact to air quality may occur during the construction activities
(such as clearing of land, operation of generators etc.) of the terminal. However, these shall be
limited to the construction site and its immediate environment and with increasing distance
the impacts have been envisaged to be insignificant due to dilution of finer particles and
settlement of larger particulate matter. Air quality may also be affected during transportation
of materials and other resources during construction and operational phase. However,
adoption of suitable measures shall minimize the impact due to transportation. Measures like
 covering the transport vehicle carrying lose material,
 sprinkling water during loading and unloading, if required.
 maintaining the good condition of the roads with regular maintenance
 routine maintenance of the vehicles,
 Storing the top soil for reuse in a small bunded area
 covering the stored top soil and dusty construction material like sand, cement etc.
under cover during rains are suggested to mitigate the increase level of dust
generation during construction work.
Operation Phase
The major source of emission may be attributed to the DG Sets used during drilling phase,
which is minimal but essential for any well development facility to operate in a safe and
reliable manner. However, DG sets will be installed with adequate stack height to ensure
wider dispersion. Low sulphur contain diesel (<0.05%) will be used as fuel for operation of
DG sets. This will lead to low SO2 emissions.
Fugitive emissions (mainly consisting of methane and VOC) may also result due to leaks in
tubing, valves, connections, flanges, packing’s, pump and compressor seals, gas, conveyance
systems, pressure relief valves, tanks or open pits/containments, and loading and unloading
operations of hydrocarbons. The drilling operation may cause leak of minimal amounts of gas

into the atmosphere, which may affect the air quality. Therefore, adoption of good
maintenance practices shall minimize the risk of these emissions.
To quantify such pollution impact on the air quality of the area, detailed Air Dispersion
Modeling has been carried out using AERMOD model for predicting the Ground Level
Concentration (GLC) of air pollutants, namely PM10, SO2, NO2 and Hydrocarbon (HC) during
the operation of proposed drilling operation.
The Model
AERMOD version 7.3.1 is an USEPA approved air dispersion model. This model is used
extensively to assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources
and is also recommended by CPCB. It is a steady-state plume model that incorporates air
dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts,
including treatment of both surface and elevated sources, and both simple and complex
terrain. Given source characteristics, emissions, meteorology and averaging time, the model
predicts maximum GLCs of various pollutants.
4.3.2.2 Model Input
Stack and Emission Characteristics:
The major source of emissions is from the DG sets during the exploratory and development
drilling operation. As a result, the stack emissions from the proposed drilling wells would be
constituted of mainly Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide
(NO2) and hydrocarbon (HC). The ambient air quality data of the project site (presented in
Chapter 3) is inclusive of the emission from the existing DG sets and Gas powered
generators.
The stack and emission characteristics pertaining to the proposed DG sets for drilling
developmental and exploratory wells are reported in Table 4.2. The worst case scenario,
when all (Two DG at the time of Development Drilling and Four DG sets during Exploration
Drilling) of the proposed DG sets will be in operation is analyzed and provided in this section.
The modeling is carried out as per the guidelines of the CPCB. The 24-hourly maximum
GLCs is computed for comparison with the NAAQS, 2009 standards.
Table 4.2: Stack & Emission Characteristics
Emission Rate
Gas
Release (g/s) Stack
S. DG Set Exit
Height Diameter
No. Details Temp.
(m) (m)
PM10 SO2 NO2 HC (K)
DG Set
1. 11 0.310 0.052 0.068 0.011 514 0.5
(1750 kVA)
DG Set 514
2. 11 0.310 0.052 0.068 0.011 0.5
(1750 kVA)
DG Set 514
3. 11 0.310 0.052 0.068 0.011 0.5
(1750 kVA)
DG Set (500
4. 6 0.089 0.016 0.019 0.006 493 0.1
kVA)
DG Set (500
5. 6 0.089 0.016 0.019 0.006 493 0.1
kVA)
Meteorological Parameters:
On-site hourly meteorological data monitored during the months of March to May, 2015 with
respect to temperature, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and cloud cover has been used
as input for air dispersion modeling. Hourly mixing heights used for modeling have been
calculated and taken from the AERMOD model itself.
4.3.2.3 Modeling Procedure
The modeling has been carried out as per the guidelines of the CPCB. Four relevant pollutants
namely sulphur dioxide (SO2) oxides of nitrogen (NOx), particulate matter (PM10), and
hydrocarbon (HC) have been considered for modeling. Square pattern of receptor locations up
to a maximum distance of 10 km with respect to 16 radial directions (N to NNW) from the
centre of the location of the stacks have been considered. The 24-hourly maximum
incremental GLCs have been computed for comparison with the standards.
4.3.2.4 Modeling Results
The predicted 24-hourly maximum incremental Ground Level Concentration (GLC) along
with isopleths plot of concentration for SO2, NOx, PM10, and HC in the study area are reported
below in Table 4.3 - 4.6 and Figure 4.2 – 4.5.
Table 4.3: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of NO2
(µg/m3)
Standard
Mean 24-
Predicted 24- Total (µg/m3)
S. hourly
Receptor Location hourly Max Projected (for
No. Background
Incremental Level Residential
Level
GLC (µg/m3) (µg/m3) & Rural
(µg/m3)
Area)
1 AAQ-1 OCS Site 10.21 0.716 10.926 80
AAQ-2 Near well No 27 10.32 0.007 80
2 and 66 10.327
AAQ-3 Near Admin & 12.25 0.007 80
3 Utility Block 12.257
AAQ-4 Admin Block 11.12 1.425 80
4 Area 12.545
5 AAQ-5 Well No 58 12.76 0.007 12.767 80
6 AAQ-6 Near Well No 6 13.7 0.716 14.416 80
7 AAQ-7 Near Well No 15 10.36 0.007 10.367 80
8 AAQ-8 Namphuk Village 11.55 0.007 11.557 80

Figure 4.2: Isopleth plot of concentration for NO2 (µg/m3)
Table 4.4: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of SO2
(µg/m3)
Standard
Mean 24-
S. hourly
No. Background
Level
(µg/m3)
Area)
1 AAQ-1 OCS Site 5.91 0.561 6.471 80
AAQ-2 Near well No 27 5.11
0.005 80
2 and 66 5.115
AAQ-3 Near Admin & 5.25
0.005 80
4 AAQ-4 Admin Block Area 5.22 1.118 6.338 80
5 AAQ-5 Well No 58 6.97 0.005 6.975 80
6 AAQ-6 Near Well No 62 5.96 0.561 6.521 80
7 AAQ-7 Near Well No 15 5.71 0.561 6.271 80

Figure 4.3: Isopleths plot of concentration for SO2 (µg/m3)
Table 4.5: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC), PM10
(µg/m3)
Standard
Mean 24-
S. hourly
No. Background
Level
(µg/m3)
Area)
1 AAQ-1 OCS Site 19.1 3.286 22.39 100
AAQ-2 Near well No 27
40.1 0.030 100
2 and 66 40.13
AAQ-3 Near Admin &
35.7 0.030 100
4 AAQ-4 Admin Block Area 35.6 6.543 42.14 100
5 AAQ-5 Well No 58 50.8 3.286 54.09 100
6 AAQ-6 Near Well No 62 59.4 3.286 62.69 100
7 AAQ-7 Near Well No 15 59.1 0.030 59.13 100

Figure 4.4 Isopleths plot of concentration for PM10 (µg/m3)
Table 4.6 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC), HC (µg/m3)
Mean 24-
Predicted 24- Total
S. hourly
Receptor Location hourly Max Projected
No. Background
Incremental Level
Level
GLC (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3)
1 AAQ-1 OCS Site 0.89 0.008 0.90
AAQ-2 Near well No 27
2 and 66 1.59 0.008 1.60
AAQ-3 Near Admin &
3 Utility Block 0.61 0.008 0.62
AAQ-4 Admin Block
4 Area 0.53 0.189 0.72
5 AAQ-5 Well No 58 1.7 0.008 1.71
6 AAQ-6 Near Well No 62 1.46 0.008 1.47
7 AAQ-7 Near Well No 15 1.15 0.008 1.16
8 AAQ-8 Namphuk Village 0.37 0.008 0.38

Figure 4.5: Isopleths plot of concentration for HC (µg/m3)
4.3.2.5 Discussion on Modeling Results
Referring to the background (monitored) ambient air quality, the mean baseline level when
added to the corresponding maximum predicted 24 h. incremental GLC, the resultant levels of
PM10, SO2 and NO2 at different receptor locations are found to be well within the NAAQS,
2009 standard limits.
Mitigation Measures
No specific mitigation measures are envisaged considering the negligible incremental level of
the pollutants due to the proposed drilling activities and also the existing land use of the KOF
(more than 72% area of which is under green coverage).
 As a good operational practice following preventive measures are suggested to control

even the marginal impact to the adjacent area: Use of water sprinkler system to
suppress the dust generation.
 Covering the dusty material during transportation and storing.
 Maintenance and servicing of heavy machineries and DG sets to avoid generation of air
pollutants due to un-optimal working condition of the machineries and DG sets.
 Advanced planning to ensure efficient operations.
 Regular monitoring of fuel consumption.
 Use of diesel with low Sulphur content.

4.3.2 Noise and Vibration
Impacts
For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free medium, the noise
levels at various locations from different sources can be estimated by using the relation:
Lp2 = Lp1 20 log (r2/rl) – Ae1,2
Where Lp1 and Lp2 are sound levels at two points located at distances r1 and r2 from the
source. Ae1, 2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined effect of
all the sources then can be determined at various locations by using the principle of
logarithmic addition:
Lptotal = 10 log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10) + ………)
The noise generated due to the diesel engines operating the rig along draw works on rig floor
is considered to be the most significant of the noise generating sources in the drilling
operation. Generally, the noise sources in a drilling well are scattered within an area of about
100 m x 100 m. Thus the noise pollution can be considered as negligible for the nearest
habitation, there is no human habitation is present within the KOF except the staff residential
area and administrative offices that is also minimum 0.5km away from any drilling site The
existing forests patches are already degraded and influenced by the present operational
activities in the existing production oil field. Hence, the wild fauna present in the surrounding
forest patches accustomed to avoid the activity area. Moreover, these forest patchesare not the
part of any wild life sanctuary/ national park, so it is envisaged no significant wild life
habitation is existing nearby. Therefore, no major impact due to the noise generation from the
proposed drilling activities is envisaged on the project area.
The noise propagation modeling performed for noise generation due to operation of the diesel
engines shows the following exposure levels (Table 4.7) in terms of the occupational and
human settlement exposure levels.
Table 4.7: Occupational and Human Exposure Levels
Type of exposure Predicted exposure level dB (A)

Occupational exposure
Leq (8 h) at drilling platform (draw works) 104 (at source level)
Leq (8 h) at the site boundary (about 64
40 m from drilling platform)
Human settlement exposure
Leq (24 h) at villages away by 0.5 km or 54 (day)
more. 47 (night)
The background noise level in the rural/ residential areas has been observed in the range of
41.9 to71.6 dB (A) at day time and 31.0 to 59.1 dB (A) during night time (Chapter 3).
The damage risk criteria for hearing, as enforced by OHSAS, USA, stipulate that noise levels
up to 90 dB (A) are acceptable for 8-hour exposure per day.
Mitigation Measures
Preventive measures for the aforementioned potential impacts are listed below:
 Acoustic enclosures for the DG sets..

 Regular servicing and maintenance of the machineries and DG sets to avoid generation
of unwanted noise and vibration.
 Compulsorily use of ear muffs by the workers working in the noisy environment to
protect themselves from the impacts of high noise level.
 Compulsorily wear viscoelastic anti-vibration gloves by the workers handling vibrating
equipments.
4.3.3 Water Environment
Impacts
Per well about 50 kLD of water will be consumed during the drilling period. The Namphuk
River will be used as source of water for the purpose. (river is flowing outside the KOF and
water requirement will be met through Tankers.
About 35 kLD/well of wastewater is expected to be generated from the drilling activity.

Runoff water from the drilling area might consist of dissolved inorganic or organic
compounds.
Discharge of untreated sewage or effluent from drilling operation or run off, onto the land or
surface water body might contaminate the ground and surface water.
Mitigation Measures
Mobile ETP will be used during the drilling and testing of wells. The mobile ETP capacity is
about 70-80 KLD and to be designed on 10 hours operation basis.
Treated waste water will be either used for maintaining the landscaping or will be disposed
off through the existing ETP set up present for the existing production wells.
The existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with treatment capacity of 200 KLPD will be
used for proposed production. Presently, formation water is generated @ about 70-80 KL per
day, which is being treated at the ETP. From the proposed wells approx. 1-2 kld/well of
formation water shall be treated in the existing 200 KLD capacity Effluent Treatment Plant.
As preventive measures to nullify any adverse impacts on water environment following
precautionary measures are suggested:
 Installation of cuttings and fluid cleaning/treatment equipment to ensure optimal

cleaning of cuttings to reduce the amount of fluid that will be discharged with the
cuttings.
 Putting in place management procedures to ensure optimal performance of the cuttings
cleaning equipment and good housekeeping of the shaker screen.
 Using the Well Casing to protect ground water and shallow aquifers from
contamination.

 Maintaining a continuous drill fluid mass balance throughout the drilling program.
 Optimization of drilling well size to minimize the amount of rock to be drilled.
 Collection of Sewage, if generated any on the drilling site and treatment (Septic Tank
may be installed) before disposal. .
 Bunds around the Drilling Location to avoid run off of water to nearby areas.
4.3.4 Land Environment
Impacts
The following impacts are anticipated on the land environment due to the proposed drilling
operation:
 Site clearance/preparation will result in removal/change of top soil.

 Indiscriminate discharge of sewage/solid wastes from the drilling activity.
 Compaction of soil due to movement of machineries, equipments and workers.
Mitigation Measures
Following mitigation measures are suggested to protect the land in the near vicinity of the
drilling locations
 The top soil removed during site clearance will be stored and later used for restoration
purpose.
 Proper sanitation facilities and bins will be provided at the drilling location for
collection of sewage/solid wastes.
 Movement of Vehicles and Heavy Machinery will be restricted to the paved area only.
 The Sewage/Solid Wastes will be treated and disposed or sold to Authorized Recyclers
as per the Notification of MoEF (G.S.R.546 (E) dated 30th August 2005).
 The drilling area to be restored back to its original condition to the extent possible
during the decommissioning period.
4.3.5 Biological Environment
Kharsang Oil Field and surrounding area especially in Eastern and Southern direction are
covered with dense mixed jungle (Namchik Reserved Forests). The area is rich in flora and
fauna with scenic beauty of hilly terrain interspersed with lush green valley’s in between. There
are no endangered species in the study area. No significant impact on the flora and fauna is
anticipated due to the proposed project.
4.3.6 Socio-Economic Environment
The Drilling Activities are likely to have the following Impacts on the existing Socio-
Economic Profile of the Area:
 The proposed Activities will generate Temporary Employment Opportunities to the

Local People for Road Construction, Site Preparation, Supply and Transport of Raw
Materials and Equipment, Auxiliary and Ancillary Works, etc.

 As the existing roads will be upgraded to facilitate the Movement of the Heavy
Equipments and Vehicles, the Project in turn would lead to improvement in Transport
Facilities in the area.
 There will not be Major Influx of People, as only limited people shall be engaged
during the drilling operations, that is also mainly from the adjacent localities. Hence,
the Impact due to Influx of People will be insignificant.
 The activities would also result in enhancement of the Local Skill Levels through
Exposure to Drilling Activities and Technology and help in Capacity Building for
Future Employment Opportunities.
 There can be Occupational Hazards such as Personal Injuries, Accidents during
Installation and Operation of Drilling Rigs. However, the Operator will follow stringent
Health, Safety and Environment practices as per Mines Act, 1952 and OISD guideline
for all its operations, which are to be followed by all Employees, Consultants and
Contractors working for this Development Project.
4.4 IMPACT EVALUATION
Emissions from the drilling activities of proposed project shall be minimal and temporary and
therefore, the impacts on air quality during this phase will not be of much significance. Also,
the net impacts of fugitive emissions from the generator sets and vehicular movement has
been anticipated to be marginal due to the adoption of suitable mitigation measures.
It is expected that sound levels produced during operation would decay to a level of 60 dB
within a one km radius of the source. Therefore, it is expected that the sphere of influence, i.e.
where some animal species may be predicted to exhibit avoidance reactions to the drilling
site, will be of approximately one to three km radius. Noise level during drilling activities has
been envisaged to increase in and around the drilling site but the impacts shall be considered
low as the drilling phase is a temporary phase, which shall last for shorter duration of time.
The risk of noise exposure above the 90 dB standard is, therefore, extremely unlikely.
The proposed project shall temporarily affect the soil environment due to minimal land
clearance. However, suitable measures shall be adopted to restore the original site conditions.
Suitable mitigation measures shall be adopted to minimize the compaction of soil and
accidental discharge/ disposal of wastes on land. The waste shall be treated as per the
stipulated standards.
Impacts on surface and groundwater quality has been envisaged to be insignificant as the
wastewater and solid waste generated from the project activities shall be treated to meet
requirements of stipulated standards prior to its disposal. The treated water shall be reused to
maximum extent.
The net impacts on biological environment shall be minimal Appropriate mitigation measures
shall be adopted to minimize the impact on flora and fauna.
The proposed project shall prove to be beneficial in terms of production of more oil and gas,
generating employment opportunities and overall development of the area.
4.5 IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE
Evaluation of impacts signifies the potential impacts in terms of its likelihood nature as per
the following criteria:

a. The impacts are further classified based on their spatial distribution, i.e. localized, when
impacting an area of approximately one km radius from the project area, moderately
spread, when impacting an area of one to two km radius and regional beyond two km;
b. The impacts are classified as short term, moderate term and long term in terms of their
existence in temporal scale. Impacts less than one year existence as short term, while
those with one to three years as moderate term and more than three years as long term;
c. The negative impacts are termed as adverse impacts while positive impacts as beneficial;
The significance of environmental impacts of various activities involved in the proposed
project have been evaluated based on the criteria outlined in Table 4.8.
Table 4.8: Impact Significance Criteria
Impact Significance Criteria

Highly When the impact is of high intensity with high spread and high
Adverse duration or of high intensity with medium spread and medium
duration
Moderately Adverse When the impact is of moderate intensity with high spread and
high duration or of high intensity with low/ moderate spread
and low duration
Slightly Adverse When the impact is of low intensity, low spread and of short
(insignificant impact) duration.
Beneficial When the impacts are positive.
Based on the above-specified criteria, Tables 4.9 and 4.10 describes potential environmental
impacts due to developmental and exploratory drilling and associated activities, without or
with mitigation measures, respectively. It is important to note that one activity may have
varying impacts on different receptors i.e. different components of the environment. To avoid
repetitions, this section describes various activities, which may have wide impacts on many
receptors. For example, waste generation and disposal will have impacts on ecology, surface
& ground water, may have odour nuisance etc, therefore, the impacts of waste generation and
disposal have been considered as one of the key areas of impacts. Similarly, gaseous
emissions may be adverse to air quality; which on exposure may impact upon health of
individuals and ecology in the surroundings.
Table 4.9: Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity

(Without Mitigation Measures)
Nature of Likely Impacts
Sensitivities Significance
Moderately Adverse
Moderate Intensity
Moderate Spread
Slightly Adverse
Highly Adverse
Moderate Term
High Intensity
Low Intensity
Short Term
Long Term
Beneficial
Regional
Adverse
Local
Air Quality     
Noise     

Moderately Adverse
Moderate Intensity
Moderate Spread
Slightly Adverse
Highly Adverse
Moderate Term
High Intensity
Low Intensity
Short Term
Long Term
Beneficial
Regional
Adverse
Local
Water Quality     
Soil Quality     
Flora     
Fauna     
Local Economy    
Note: For colour coding refer Table 4.8
Table 4.10: Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity

(With Mitigation Measures)
Moderately Adverse
Moderate Intensity
Moderate Spread
Slightly Adverse
Highly Adverse
Moderate Term
High Intensity
Low Intensity
Short Term
Long Term
Beneficial
Regional
Adverse
Local
Air Quality     
Noise     
Water Quality     
Soil Quality     
Flora     
Fauna     
Local Economy    
Note: For colour coding refer Table 4.8.

5
M O N ITO R IN G
PR O G R A M
5 ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 INTRODUCTION
An environmental monitoring program provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse

environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to
introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental
monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:
 Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,
provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures;
 Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental
monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among
them;
 Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters;
 Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if
required;
 Identify training requirement at various levels.
An environmental monitoring plan is suggested to monitor environmental parameters during

drilling and Post Drilling Phase of the project. The monitoring plan is given in Table 5.1 and
5.2 below. This environment monitoring plan is designed for ten years.
Table 5.1: Recommended Environmental Monitoring Protocol - During Drilling Phase
Monitoring &
Receptor Location Monitoring Mechanism
Reporting Frequency
Natural At Project site Inventory of each type of Daily during drilling

Resource material (including water phase
consumption) and fuel
(used for power) quantity
Ambient At project Monitoring of PM10, Once in a month

Air Quality Location PM2.5, NOx, SO2, VOCs
and HC.
Surface Water bodies pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, Once in a season
Water within the radius COD etc.
Quality (if of 1 km of
available) drilling site that
will be utilized
for consumption
and disposal

Monitoring &
Reporting Frequency
Noise & At Rig Site, near Noise level monitoring of Once in a month
Vibration DG sets and Leq day and Leq night
drilling pumps.
Drilling At drilling site Quantification and Quantity of wastes to be

wastes characterization of drill recorded on daily basis.
cuttings Characterization of the
waste to be done every
month.
Wastewater At Project Site Waste water generation Quantity to be recorded

Generation rate every day.
Oil wastes At Drilling Site Spent oil from engines. A logbook should be
maintained daily during
drilling phase. If no
spent oil is produced,
the same should be
noted in the logbook.
Table 5.2: Recommended Environmental Monitoring Protocol - Post Drilling
Monitoring and
Reporting Frequency
Drilling At project Quantification of drill At the end of the
waste Location cuttings and safe disposal drilling operation.
as per norms.
Surface At Project pH, Conductivity, TSS and At the same location

Water Location within TDS, and BOD, COD. where during drilling
Quality (if radius of 1 km. phase monitoring was
available) done. Once after the
closing of drilled well.
The post operational monitoring programme will be carried out under the supervision of
the GeoEnpro.

6
A DDITION AL
STU D IES
6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1 INTRODUCTION
As discussed in earlier chapters, GeoEnpro propose to carry out drilling of 40 development

wells and 5 exploratory / appraisal wells at Kharsang Oil Field Area, Changlang District, of
Arunachal Pradesh. This chapter elucidates the Risk Assessment (RA), Disaster Management
Plan (DMP) and Emergency Response Plan (ERP) for the proposed project.
6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT
Hydrocarbon Operations are generally hazardous in nature by virtue of intrinsic chemical

properties of hydrocarbons or their temperature or pressure of operation or a combination of
them. Fire, Explosion, Hazardous Release or a combination of these are the hazards
associated with Hydrocarbon Operations. These have resulted in the development of more
comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering such as
Identification and Analysis of Hazards and Risk Assessment to improve upon the Integrity,
Reliability and Safety of Hydrocarbon Operations.
The RA studies are based on Quantitative Risk Assessment Analysis (QRA). Normally a
three „level‟ risk assessment approach is adopted for the industrial activities. The risk
assessment levels are generally consistent with the practices encountered through various
assignments for medium and large chemical complexes. The brief outline of the three tier
approach is given below:
A. Level 1 – Risk Screening
This is Top-Down Review of Worst- Case Potential Hazards/Risks, aimed primarily at

identifying Drilling Sites or Areas within Blocks, which pose the Highest Risk. Various
screening factors considered, include:
 Inventory of Hazardous Materials;

 Hazardous Materials Properties;
 Storage Conditions (e.g. Temperature and pressure);
 Location Sensitivity (Distance to Residential Areas / Populace).
 The Data/Information is obtained from Site. The results provide a relative indication of
the extent of hazards and Potential for Risk Exposure.
B. Level 2 – Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)
The survey approach combines the Site Inspection with established Risk Assessment
Techniques applied both Qualitative as well Quantitative Mode. The primary objective is to
identify and select Major Risks at a specific Location in the Drilling Site considering possible
soft spots / weak links during Operation / Maintenance. Aspects covered in the Risk usually
include:

 Process Hazards;
 Process Safety Management Systems;
 Fire Protection and Emergency Response Equipments and Programs;
 Security Vulnerability;
 Impact of Hazards Consequences (Equipment Damage, Business Interruption, Injury,
Fatalities);
 Qualitative Risk Identification of Scenarios Involving Hazardous Materials.
Risk Reduction Measures
Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide means of prioritizing
Mitigate Measures and allocate the resources to the areas with Highest Risks.
C. Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)
This is the stage of Assessment of Risks, associated with all Credible Hazards (scenarios)
with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such as Human Injury, Fatality or Destruction
of Property. The four basic elements include:
 Hazards Identification utilizing formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP etc.);

 Frequency Analysis: Based on past Safety Data‟s (incidents / accidents), identifying
likely pathway of failures and quantifying the toxic / inflammable material release;
 Hazards Analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards scenarios (Fire,
Explosion [due to release of NG/Crude]. Establish minimum value for damage (e.g.
IDLH, Over Pressure, Radiation Flux) to assess the Impact on Environment.
 Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering effect / impact due to
weather data, population data, and frequency of occurrences and likely hood of Ignition /
Toxic release. Data are analyzed considering likely Damage (in terms of Injury / Fatality,
Property Damage) each scenario is likely to cause.
QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance of each of a number of

undesired Events, allowing Analyst and the Team to focus their Risk Reduction Efforts,
which will be most beneficial.
Risk Screening Approach
Some of the hazards associated with the drilling are:
 Fires and Explosions
o Non-Process Hydrocarbon Leak (Diesel, Fuel, Oïl etc.);
o Non-Process Fire;
o Control system failure including electrical failure in control room.
 Impact and Collisions
o Accidental Falling of Object from Crown Block.
 Loss of Station Keeping / Loss of Stability

o Structural Failure;
o Equipment Failure.
 External Hazards
o Failure due to Extreme Weather, Strong Winds, Earthquake and Sabotage etc.
These have resulted in the development of more comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated
methods of Safety Engineering such as, Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment to improve
upon the Integrity, Reliability and Safety of Hydrocarbon Operations.
The primary emphasis in Safety Engineering is to reduce Risk to Human Life and
Environment. The broad tools attempt to minimize the chances of Accidents Occurring. Yet,
there always exists, no matter how remote, that Small Probability of a Major Accident
occurring. If the accident involves hydrocarbon in sufficient large quantities, the
consequences may be serious to the project, to surrounding area and the population therein.
Drilling Rig Floor is the centre stage of all the drilling operations and it is most susceptible to
Accidents. Safety Precaution with utmost care is required to be taken during drilling as per the
Prevailing Regulations and Practices so that accidents can be avoided. Due to advancement in
technology, number of equipments has been developed over a period to cater the need of
smooth operation on Rig Floor. Various standards are required to be referred to cover the
variety of equipments used for safe operation in drilling and it is desirable to use a properly
prepared manual for occupational safety while working or drilling over a Rig. It may,
however, be noted that Well Testing and Production Testing of hydrocarbons also require
proper Analysis of Hazards involved in production testing operations and preparation of an
appropriate Emergency Control Plan.
6.2.1 Identification of Hazards in Drilling and Production Testing Operations
Various hazards associated with onshore hydrocarbon drilling and testing operations are
briefly described in following sub-sections.
(a) Minor Oil Spill
Testing at Well Site: Drill Stem Testing leading to an Oil Spill from Lines, Valves, Separator
and Tank failure.
During the well testing operation, there exists a possibility of Hydrocarbon (gases / oil)
getting released due to some unavoidable incidents. Once the flow of Oil / Gas from well is
stopped, then on-site access for clean-up is possible. If flow from the well cannot be stopped,
a blowout situation exists.
(b) Major Oil Spill
Significant hydrocarbon inventories will not be maintained at well site and well fluids will be
immediately pumped from each new well under production testing. A major leakage can,
therefore, only arise as a result of an uncontrolled flow from a well either during drilling or
production test, resulting from the failure of the surface equipment.

Oil is produced with some associated gas, therefore, an oil spill arising out of the failure of
the surface equipment upstream of the crude stabilization facilities will result in the release to
atmosphere of hydrocarbon vapours together with oil droplets in a form of a mist. Provided
that ignition does not take place and the well head is not obstructed the well can be shut in at
the wellhead. If ignition occurs or other damage prevents access to wellhead then a blowout
situation exists and appropriate measures must be implemented.
(c) Blowout
Blowout means uncontrolled violent escape of hydrocarbon from a well. Blowout followed by
ignition, which prevents access to the wellhead is a major hazard. Contributors to blowout
are:
Primary
 Failure to keep the hole full;

 Mud weight too low;
 Swabbing during trips;
 Lost circulation; and
 Failure of differential fill-up equipment.
Secondary
 Failure to detect and control a kick as quickly as possible;

 Mechanical failure of BOP;
 Failure to test BOP equipment properly;
 Damage to or failure of wellhead equipment;
 Failure of casing; and
 Failure of formation or bond of cementing around casing.
If the hydrostatic head exerted by the column of drilling fluid is allowed to drop below the
formation pressure then the hydrocarbon will enter the wellbore (this is known as a kick) and
a potential blowout situation might be developed.
Fast and efficient action by operating personnel in recognizing the above situations and taking
precautionary measure can avert a blowout.
6.2.2 Development & Exploratory Drilling in Kharsang Oil Field
The field is part of Assam-Arakan basin in Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh. Block
covers an area of 11 sq.km. The Geographical coordinates of the block is presented in Table
6.1.
Table 6.1: Co-ordinates of the Kharsang Oil Field
Approx
Points Area (in
Degree Minutes Seconds Degree Minutes Seconds sq.km)
A 27 24 31 96 01 13 11
B 27 24 31 96 03 22 sq.km

Approx
Points Area (in
Degree Minutes Seconds Degree Minutes Seconds sq.km)
C 27 23 01 96 03 22
D 27 23 01 96 01 13
The fuel for the drilling rigs, DG sets, other machineries and vehicles will be Diesel (HSD
with low sulphur < 0.05%). Daily fuel requirement for diesel sets will be around 4 KLPD
during development well drilling and around 6-10 klpd during exploratory well drilling. The
HSD storage will be limited to20 - 40 KL.The exhaust stacks of the DG sets are likely to vent
the emissions. The Bulk Hazardous Chemical Storage Facility at Drilling Site (Tentative) is
given in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2: Bulk Hazardous Chemical Storage facility at Drilling Site (tentative)
Compound Quantity to be Stored

HSD (low Sulphur) 20-40 KL
(low sulphur) ()(low sulphur)
6.2.3 QRA Approach
Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-2 activities) calls
for detailed analysis of each scenario for Potential of Damage, Impact Area (may vary with
Weather Conditions / Wind Direction) and Safety System in place. Subsequently each
incident is classified according to Relative Risk Classifications provided in given below
Table 6.3.
Table 6.3: Risk Classification
Stage Description
High A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the
(> 1/100) expected life time of the plant.
Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single
instrument or valve failures or a human error which could result
in releases of hazardous materials.
Moderate A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of
(1/100 to occurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant.
1/1000) Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve
failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors, or
single failures of small process lines or fittings.
Low A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability
(<1/1000) of occurrence within the expected lifetime of plant.
Examples of „low‟ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve
failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures
of tanks
Minor Incidents Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for

Stage Description
„knock – on- events‟
Serious Incident One that could cause:
 Any serious injury or fatality on/off site;
 Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.
Extensive One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.
Incident
(a) Damage due to Explosion
The explosion of oil or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation) results in a reaction front
moving outwards from the ignition source preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After
the combustible material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave
continues its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the determination of the peak
overpressure resulting from the pressure wave impacting on the object or structure. Damage
estimates based on overpressure are given in Table 6.4 below:
Table 6.4: Damage due to Overpressure
Sl. Overpressure
Damage
No (bar)
1. 0.04 Loud Noise / sonic boom glass failure
2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure
3. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered
4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure
5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable.
6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage
7. 5–7 Nearly complete destruction of houses
8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished
9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses
10. 200 Limits of crater lip
(b) Thermal Incidents / Fire in Storage Area
The diesel storage in the drilling site is limited to 20-40 KL. Any fire in the tank area if not
controlled in time (less chances/ unlikely) may soon spread in the rig site. During blow out
Natural Gas coming out with some oil can also catch fire. However its thermal radiation
impact (1st degree burn) will be limited (as the fuels are stored in remote place).
Minor leakage can occur as various scenarios and may also catch fire. If fire is not controlled
these can lead to domino effect as major scenarios. During the drilling, crude oil production
will be nil or very limited; some well water may come out which can be treated and disposed
off or pushed back in the nonproducing well. The likely impact due to major scenario
considered as given below in Table 6.5.

Table 6.5: Possible Major Scenarios
S. No. Scenario Impact Zone Remarks

1. HSD Tank failure, spillage & Fire (~ 5 ~ 8.5 m From edge
m Pool fire) of pool
The impact due to the above scenarios will be within the block. It may have some impact on
the nearby vegetation but will not have any impact on local population.
6.2.4 Mitigation Measures
Control Measures for Major Hazards
Out of different hazards described in sections 6.2, occurrence of (a) Blowout and (c) HSD
spillage/ fire are the two major hazards. The first two possible incidents can have built in
alarm and preventive measures (as more likely to occur if system fails). The third incident has
remote chances and more likely due to some domino effect caused by other incident.
(a) Blowout
The precautionary and control measures used for blowout prevention are discussed below:
A. Precaution against Blowout
(i) The following control equipment for Drilling Mud System shall be installed and kept in use
during Drilling Operations to prevent the Blowout:
 A Tank Level Indicator registering increase or reduction in the Drilling Mud Volume and
shall include a visual and audio –warning device near the Driller Stand.
 A device to accurately measure the volume of Mud required to keep the well filled at all
times.
 A Gas Detector or Explosimeter at the Primary Shale Shaker and connected to audible or
visual alarm near the Driller Stand.
 A device to ensure filling of well with Mud when the string is being pulled out.
 A control device near driller stand to close the Mud Pump when well kicks.
(ii) BOP Drill shall be carried out as per OMR & OISD.
(iii) BOP Control Unit shall be kept available near the well which can be used in case of
Emergency to control the Well.
(iv) When Running In or Pulling Out tubing, Full Opening Safety Valve (FOSV) shall be kept
readily available at rig floor.
B. Precaution after Blowout
On appearance of any sign indicating the Blowout of well, all persons, other than those whose
presence is deemed necessary for Controlling Blowout, shall be withdrawn from the Well.
During the whole time while any work of Controlling a Blowout is in progress, the following
precautions shall be taken:
(i) A competent person shall be present on the spot throughout.

(ii) An area within the 500 meters of the well on the down wind direction shall be demarcated as
Danger Zone.
 All Electrical Installations shall be de-energized.
 Approved Safety Lamps or torches shall only be used within the Danger Zone.
 No Naked Light or Vehicular Traffic shall be permitted within the Danger Zone.
(iii) A competent person shall ascertain the condition of ventilation and presence of gases with an
approved instrument as far as Safety of persons is concerned.
(iv) There shall be available at or near the place, two approved type of self containing Breathing
Apparatus or any other Breathing Apparatus of approved type for use in emergency.
(v) Adequate Firefighting Equipment shall be kept readily available for immediate use.
(b) Fire Fighting Facility
Fixed Fire Fighting System as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Standard 189
should be in place.
Fire Water System
 One water tank/pit of minimum capacity of 50m3should be located at the Drilling Rig
Site.
 For production testing, one additional tank of37m3should be provided.
 One diesel engine driven trailer fire pump of capacity 1800 lpmat 7kg/cm2 should be
placed at the approach area of drilling site.
 One Fire tender of capacity 5kl water, 800lt Foam and 500 kg DCP should be located at
the Drilling well site.
 One fire water distribution single line with minimum 4 “ size pipe/casing should be
installed at drilling site with a minimum distance of 15 m from the well and properly
supported to withstand pressure / reaction force at 7 kg/cm2 and one fixed water cum
foam monitor (Cap. 1750 shall be installed on the water line in the center of two hydrants
shall be mounted on 4” size stand post and situated 1.2 m above ground level.
 Fire water system shall be designed to meet fire water flow required to fight fire with one
monitor at 1750 lpm flow rate.
 The fire water line shall have two independent connections with NRV to hook up fire
water pump and Fire Tender
 Hose box at each hydrants point shall be provided and equipped with two fire hoses and
one multipurpose nozzle.
 A fire bell of non-sparking material shall be provided and clearly marked
 Following firefighting accessories shall be readily available at site.
i) Additional Fire hose - 02 Nos
ii) Multipurpose nozzle - 02 Nos
iii) Inline Inductor - 02 Nos
iv) Foam Branch pipe - 02 Nos
v) Foam Compound - 200 ltrs
First Aid Fire Fighting Equipment at Drilling Rig

Portable Fire Extinguisher will be installed as per IS: 2190 on the Drilling Rig. The minimum
quantities of fire extinguishers at various locations should be provides as per the following
(Table 6.6).
Table 6.6: Fire Extinguishers Distribution
Sl.
Type of Area Portable Fire Extinguishers
No.
1. Drilling Rig floor 2 nos. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
2. Main Engine Area 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher for each engine
3. Electrical motor/pumps for 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
water circulation for mud
pump
4. Mud Gunning Pump 1 no.10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
5. Electrical Control Room 1 no. 6.8 kg CO2 type Extinguisher for each unit
6. Mud mixing tank area 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
7. Diesel Storage Area 1 no. 50 lit mechanical foam
1 no. 50 kg DCP type Extinguisher
2 nos. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
2 nos. sand bucket or ½ sand drum with spade
8. Lube Storage Area 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
1 no. sand bucket
9. Air Compressor area 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
10. Fire Pump Area 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
11. Near Drilling In-charge One fire extinguisher/shed with 3 nos. 10 kg DCP
Office type extinguisher and 2 sand buckets
12. Fire bell near Bunk House 1 no. 10 kg DCP type Extinguisher
6.2.5 Occupational Health
Occupational hazards associated with onshore drilling include exposure to hazardous

substances, noise, vibrations, heavy manual handling activity at the site etc.
At Drill Site qualified doctor is available 24 hrs on the Drilling Rig for the Immediate
Treatment and First Aid. For serious injuries and diseases, patient is evacuated by the
Emergency Vehicles exclusively meant for Emergencies to the Nearest Medical Center.
Health Hazard Control is done by adopting following measures:
 Prioritize the health hazards based on their risk potential.
 Identify specific work groups affected by each hazard.
 Determine the controls required to manage these identified hazards. The cost of each
identified control versus benefits of its implementation may be evaluated.
 Develop an action plan identifying work to be done.
The health and hygiene of the personnel working at the Drilling Rig for long period will be
monitored through periodic health checks of the persons. All employees undergo a periodic
medical examination. The record of the health check-up will be maintained centrally off site

in confidential file by the medical section. The medical officer at base recommends
appropriate treatment for the persons found to be having any Health Problems requiring
attention.
During the proposed Drilling Operations, inspections of cleanliness are carried out. First aid
boxes are provided at different strategic locations on the drilling rig. The medical officer on
board shall regularly inspect the First Aid Boxes and ensures that their contents are in order.
Majority of the employees on the drilling rig are trained in First Aid. Regular Drills and
Lectures on First Aid are carried out at the Rig. Occupational Health Surveillance Program is
summarized in Table 6.7.
Table 6.7: Occupational Health hazards and mitigating measures
Cause of health hazard Risk Mitigation Measures
Noise (Generators, Cranes, Rig, Use of PPEs in high noise

Hearing loss
Movement of Vehicles, etc) area and written Standards
Operating Procedures
Handling of heavy equipment
(SOP) to be followed.
and material (Manual handling Back problem
of material) Procedures to be followed
as per Material Safety Data
Eye problems and Sheet (MSDS) of all
Handling of chemicals
chemical ingestion, hazardous chemicals for
(Chemical stores, Chemical
Dermal effect of safe handling.
dosing areas, Chemical labs, etc)
chemicals
6.2.5.1 Initial Medical Examination (IME) and Periodic Medical Examination Policy
Notice of initial examination/periodical medical examination under rule 29-B of Mines Act
1952 is given to the employee in Form-M by the Mines Manager. Both IME and PME are
done as per Form –O under rule-29 B along with an additional form recently circulated by
DGMS.
Initial Medical Examination (IME) of employees will be carried out at the time of joining or
pre- placement of jobs. Thereafter, Periodical Medical examination of every Employee is
carried out once in every 5 years of his service in the company.
6.2.6 Frequency of Occurrence of Accident Scenario
Frequency of Occurrence of incident is important in risk analysis. Standards Operating

Procedures (SOP), Proper Maintenance and Safety Precaution reduce the Frequency of
occurrence of such Incident. The data sources referred for failure frequency is E&P Forum
(Oil Industry International Exploration & Production Forum) frequency data base from TNO
and Failure Frequency Data from the Rajmond Report (COVO study). The frequency
occurrences for various scenarios are given below in Table 6.8.
Table 6.8: Frequency occurrence for various accidents scenarios
Sl. No. Scenarios Frequency of Occurrence

Catastrophic failure of largest 1/1,000,000 per tank per year

Sl. No. Scenarios Frequency of Occurrence

1. nozzle connection in HSD tank
Probability of Ignition
 Immediate Ignition 65/1000
 Delayed Ignition 65/1000
 No Ignition 87/100
2. Catastrophic failure of Tank 67/1,00,00,000 per tank per year
Safety precaution, proper maintenance of equipments and risk mitigation measures adopted in
storage and handling of inflammable materials will reduce the probability of occurrence of
hazardous incident.
6.2.7 Conclusions
 Hydrocarbon Vapour Concentration Detector should be installed at some critical locations

near hazardous units in OCS. Lower Flammability Limits (LFL) for some gaseous
hydrocarbons are as under:
Compound LFL (% in air)

Methane 5.0
Ethane 3.0
Propane 2.1
Butane 1.6
 Smoke sensors and thermal detectors are to be installed at Strategic Locations on the Rig.
6.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
6.3.1 Introduction
For meeting the emergencies caused by major accidents, planning response strategies are
termed as Disaster Management Plans (DMPs). DMPs cannot be considered in isolation or
act as a substitute for maintaining good safety standards in a plant. The best way to protect
against major accidents occurrence is by maintaining very high levels of safety standards.
Generally, the following five phases are involved in an emergency:
 Discovery and Notification: An event with an imminent threat of turning into an

accident must first be discovered and the discoverer quickly notifies the same to the plant
safety officer and also Duty Officer on shore.
 Evaluation and Accident Control Initiation: Based on the evaluation of available
information, the safety officer makes a rapid assessment of the severity of the likely
accident and initiates the best course of action. If required alert the personnel at shore and
Coast Guard.
 Containment and Counter Measures: Action is first taken to contain and control the
accident by eliminating the causes which may lead to the spread of accident. Measures are
also taken to minimize the damage to personnel, property and environment.

 Cleanup and Disposal: After the accident is effectively contained and controlled, the
cleanup of the site of the accident and safe disposal of waste generated due to the accident
are undertaken.
 Documentation: All aspects of accidents, including the way it started and progressed as
well as the steps taken to contain and the extent of the damage and injury, must be
documented for subsequent analysis of accident for prevention in future, damage
estimation, insurance recovery and compensation payment. It may be noted that some
aspects of documentation, such as, photographs of the site of accident and main objects
involved in the accident, survey for damage estimation, etc. may have to be carried out
before the cleanup and disposal phase. However, the effort in all cases is to recommence
the production as soon as possible.
The Kharsang Oil Field facility is designed with a variety of built-in safety measures to
ensure safe operation and to mitigate inherent risks associated with the oil exploration, crude
oil processing, handling and storage. The Offsite & Onsite Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
and Emergency Response Plan (ERP) are available for existing facilities, which are also
extended to proposed activities. The scope of the DMP On-site Emergency Preparedness Plan
is to evaluate the various types of emergencies that can occur at Oil Installations (Drilling and
Production activities) and to formulate emergency plans, procedures that can be implemented
by GeoEnpro in house. In case the contingency exceed in dimension beyond GeoEnpro‟s
capability, the off-site Emergency plan shall be activated concurrently with the help of
District administration.
6.3.2 Statutory Requirements
1. Oil Mines Regulation, 1984 of Mines Act 1952 Contingency plan for Fire shall be prepared
for any oil installation – OMR 72.
2. Environment Protection act and the rules:

In exercise of the provisions under the Environment Protection Act 1986, the “Manufacture,
Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules” came into force in November 1989.
Under these rule “Preparation of On-site Emergency Plan” is covered in Rule No.13 and
“Preparation of Off-site Emergency Plan” in Rule No.14,
6.3.3 Causes of the Emergency
An industrial emergency / disaster at Kharsang Oil Field may include one or a combination of
more than one of the following:
 Fire / Explosion in crude oil vessel or storage tank in OCS or CTT area.
 Heavy leakage of crude oil from storage tank in OCS or CTT area.
 Heavy leakage of natural gas from pipelines.
 Fire/Explosion in Explosive Godown.
 Collapsing of equipment, storage tank or building.
 Natural Calamities like flood ,cyclone, earthquake etc above situation arising out of
nature's act
 External factors like Riots, Sabotage, Extremists threats, Threat of War or War Itself.

Based on different scenarios and their impact distances to inside or outside

personnel/environment, the emergencies shall be categorized into three categories as indicated
in subsequent section.
6.3.4 Emergency Classification
Severity of accident and its likely impact area will determine the level of emergency and the
disaster management plan required for appropriate handling of an emergency. Emergency
levels and the action needed for each level are indicated below:
Level 1 Emergency
A local accident with a likely impact only to immediate surroundings of accident site such as,
local fires and limited release of inflammable material. The impact distance may not be more
than 15 m from the site of primary accident and may require evacuation of the drilling area
where accident occurred and utmost the adjacent drilling rig.
Level 2 Emergency
A major accident with potential threats to life and property upto 500 m distance requiring the
evacuation of all personnel from the threatened area except the emergency response
personnel. Larger fires, release of large quantities of inflammable materials may belong to
emergency level 2.
Level 3 Emergency
An accident involving a very serious hazard and with likely impact area extends beyond the
operational area limit of „Drilling Rig‟, such as, major fire, very large release of inflammable
material and big explosion. Major fires will usually have the triggering effect resulting in the
propagation of explosion. In a level 3 emergency, evacuation populations near the
development well periphery and alert the other industries/activities operating in nearby areas.
On-site Disaster Management Plan (DMP) will meet the hazards created due to all Level 1
emergencies and most of the Level 2 emergencies. In addition to on-site DMP, off-site DMP
may also have to be put into operation for some Level 2 and all Level 3 emergencies.
6.3.5 Methodology of DMP Preparation
A DMP is usually prepared in two parts: On-site DMP and Off-site DMP. The On-site DMP
is administered by the owner or occupier of the hazardous plant/installation, GeoEnpro
Petroleum Ltd. (Geo Enpro) in the present case. GeoEnpro management may seek the
assistance of other agencies, namely, District authorities and fire brigade, police and health
authorities, if considered necessary. The off-site DMP is normally administered by the
statutory authorities / District Magistrate with the assistance of other relevant authorities.
Level 3 Emergency requiring evacuation of surrounding population may not arise/ applicable
in this case as the operational area is very thinly populated. Even the Level 2 emergency is
likely to be confined within a limited area of drilling rig and evacuation of plant personnel
only from affected area will be required. Even under the worst accident scenario, evacuation
of persons working in the drill site may be involved and damage, if any, to nearby
installations is expected to remain confined within drilling rig site.
6.3.6 Emergency Response Group

The Emergency Response Group is responsible for coordinating the response relative to
„Level‟ of emergencies arising out of development and exploration well drilling activities.
The ERG is activated by the DMP leadership and will organize the response accordingly. If
assistance is needed from outside the needful action will be initiated.
Emergency Response Centers
The Control centers will be setup at the drilling rig site.
Incident Control center (ICC) will be set up at the drilling rig site. It will have direct
communication facilities (radio, satellite telephone and also messenger) with the nearby Main
Control Room (Base camp). Any assistance both in-house and external required will be
communicated to Main Control Center (MCC).
Main Control Center (MCC) will be set up at the base camp of the KOF. It will always be
in touch with the drilling site camp at all times. All supplies and logistics support is provided
by the base camp. It becomes all the more important during emergencies. MCC will be in
touch with
 Fire and Rescue groups of nearby district authorities/ home guard/ / police and other
authorities.
 Medical Groups
 State authorities
 Logistics suppliers
 Other support personnel
MCC will be well equipped with

 Communication equipments (telephones, radio system and also messenger)
 Transport facilities both onshore and off shore.
 List of personnel at barge, their addresses, medical records etc.
 HAZCHEM and storage data of all hazardous chemicals at site and base camp.
6.3.7 On-Site Disaster Management Plan
Key personnel to combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to
set procedures and making best use of the resources available and to avoid confusion. Such
key personnel include Site Main Controller (SMC), Incident Controller (IC) and Auxiliary
team/Site Support Group (SSG).
The specified functions and responsibilities of the different people and group are elaborated
below. These are the emergency functions and therefore the normal time functions become
void. All the site support group coordinators are required to assume their emergency roles
forthwith without any time lag.
Site Main Controller
The organizational setup for the on-site DMP is depicted in the Figure 6.1. The Actg. Site
Head, or the senior most officer in the absence of Site Head, will lead this organization as the
Site Main Controller (SMC). The SMC will have the following two teams working under
him:
 Site Incident Controller Team
 Auxiliary Team
SMC
Site Incident Auxiliary

Controller Team team/Site Support
Group (SSG)
Fig. 6.1: Organizational Setup for the On-site DMP
The Site Incident Controller Team
This team will be led by the Site Incident Controller (SIC) and will consist of three
supervisors and other supporting personnel. As far as possible, the supervisors should be
drawn from the drilling group carrying out the drilling operation.
The Auxiliary Team
This team will be led by the Auxiliary Team Controller (ATC)/ Site Support Group (SSG).
and will consist of three supervisors and other supporting personnel. The Manager-
Administration and Security, or in his absence Sr. Administrative Officer will act as ATC.
Responsibilities of Site Main Controller (SMC)
The responsibilities of SMC will be as under:
 Set up Emergency Control Centre (ECC) to direct emergency operations.

 Inform District Authority, Medical Authority, Mines Authority and OISD.
 Determine the severity of accident; declare appropriate emergency level and changing the
emergency level, if considered essential.
 Exercise direct control of units not affected by accident.
 Determine most probable course of events by continuously reviewing and assessing the
developments.
 Direct the safe shutting down of the installations in consultation with SIC, ATC and other
important officers, if necessary.
 Ensure proper evacuation and treatment to injured personnel.
 Liaison with MCC (for all sort of supplies and support).
 Maintain emergency logbook.
 Issue authorized statements to authorities/media.
 Look after safe operation of the drilling unit and rehabilitation of affected persons.
 Declare all clear situations after the emergency is cover.
Responsibilities of Site Incident Controller (SIC at Drilling Rig)
The responsibilities of SIC be as under:
 Assess the severity of the accident / incident.

 Initiate emergency actions to ensure the safety of personnel and minimum damage to the
installations and material.
 Direct rescue and firefighting operation.
 Search for casualties.
 Evacuation of non-essential personnel to assembly area.
 Setup communication with SMC and ATC.
 Look after the responsibilities of SMC in his absence.
 Give information and advice to external emergency services working at the site.
Responsibilities of Auxiliary Team Controller (ATC)/ Site Support Group (SSG).
The responsibilities of ATC will be as under:
 Provide all possible services to SIC so as to enable him to concentrate fully to handle the
emergency.
 Provide first aid to injured persons.
 Evacuate seriously injured persons to hospitals.
 Ensure safe shut down of the installations, if necessary.
 Direct precautionary measures to eliminate propagation of accident in unaffected areas.
 Ensure availability of water, power, necessary equipments and materials for tackling
emergency.
 Organize an efficient communication system with the base camp at shore /nearest port;
between rig and outside agencies.
 Regulate movement of emergency services in and out of the drilling operational area.
Responsibilities of SIC Supervisors
The SIC supervisors will have the following responsibilities:

S1 - Control of emergency including fire fighting
S2 - Search, rescue and evacuation.
S3 - Communication with Emergency Control Centre at drilling rig and also base camp.
Responsibilities of ATC/ SSG Supervisors
A1 - First aid to injured personnel.

A2 - Evacuation of seriously injured persons to hospital.
A3 - Ensure safe shut down of the installations and take steps to prevent propagation of
accident. Ensure availability of critical facilities, equipments and materials for
tackling emergency.
Warning System
A high pitch warning system is available at drilling site for announcing the emergency and
giving the all clear signal. SMC will declare the emergency level and operational personnel
and, if necessary, public in surrounding villages will be notified about the nature of the
emergency by using alarm system in the following manner:
 Level 1 Emergency – Single beep every five seconds
 Level 2 Emergency – Double beep every five seconds
 Level 3 Emergency – Continuous wailing of alarm
Emergency Plan Initiation

On declaration of emergency, SMC, SIC and ATC/SSG will take charge in their respective
control rooms and confer with one another about the best way to deal with the emergency.
Emergency response personnel will report to their respective control centers and immediately
take charge of their duties. It is of paramount importance that the measures to contain and
control the accident as well as those for rescue and evacuation are implemented immediately.
6.3.8 Emergency Procedures
Level 1 Emergencies
Accident is small and isolated and does not require the shutdown of any installation/unit of
the Drilling Operation. Effort shall be made to arrest its propagation. Level 1 fire may be
extinguished with water, sand or fire extinguishers. Level 1 hazardous chemical release, if
any, can be contained and controlled quickly without requiring shut down of any
installation/unit or the evacuation of persons working in the affected area.
Level 2 Emergencies
The affected unit will be brought to a safe shut down while continuing emergency supplies of
water and power. Level 2 fires will be extinguished by mobilizing water and foam
extinguishers. Level 2 hazardous chemical release, if any, will require evacuation of
personnel including those working in downwind direction towards upwind or cross wind
direction to minimize the injurious effect of hazardous gas release.
Level 3 Emergencies
Level 3 emergencies may not be applicable to KOF as the operational area is very thinly
populated.
Accident Site Clean Up
While cleaning the site after explosion and fire accidents, care shall be taken against the
probability of leaving any hazardous / or any other materials. Information regarding the
cleaning up of spills of hazardous materials, if used, is available in material safety data sheets.
Emergency Response Personnel Safety
All emergency response personnel from in-house and outside agencies shall enter the accident
site under instruction of SIC. These persons shall invariably wear appropriate protective gear,
such as, fire suits, helmets, boots, respirators and gas masks, before entering the accident site.
All Clear Signal and Public Statement
For Level 1 and 2 emergencies Site Main Controller will authorize an all clear signal in the
form of long high pitched alarm with intermittent pauses, say, two minutes alarm followed by
one minute pause repeatedly. Public statements regarding the emergency will be issued only
by SMC.
Planning Long Term Operations
In case the emergency is likely to last for a longer period, arrangements will have to be made
to ensure that necessary personnel and facilities are in place. The Team leader of the

emergency response group will ensure to maintain communication links, arranging for food
and amenities, lodging and transportation arrangements etc.
Communication/Action Log
All efforts should be made to ensure that a log of events is maintained and preserved at the rig
site as well as HO- New Delhi. These event logs become valuable later for any enquiry and
also facilitate in taking corrective action plan for any emergency.
Press Briefing and Media Management
Updating dissemination of information to the press will be done only by authorized

spokesperson and no other employee or contractors will divulge any information regarding
the emergency to any external sources. The President of the company is the authorized
spokesperson and will address all communications with the media with inputs from SMC for
Level-3 emergencies. However for Level-2 emergencies SMC is designated as official
spokesperson upon approval from President. For Level-1 emergencies normally media
interaction is very limited and shall be handled by SMC.
Information to Next of Kin
In the event of a fatality/ major injury the information to the next-of-kin shall be released by
Head-HR (or a person authorized by him to do so for GeoEnpro Employees) with inputs from
SMC. Management of Service companies and Drilling contractor are expected to notify the
next-of-kin for their respective employees. It should be ensured that No Information is
released to the Press or any outside agency before the information is provided to the next-of-
kin. In the event of a fatality, appropriate authorities e.g. DGH, DGMS, Police and District
Magistrate should be informed at the earliest.
Termination of Emergency Operations
When the Emergency is brought under control, Drilling Supervisor will inform GM, Drilling.
GM, Drilling will then notify Site Head. Site Head will inspect the drill-site and conduct
detailed analysis to whether the response activities are to be terminated or not. The inspection
report shall be prepared after the visit and submitted to President. The terminations of
emergency operations are to be authorized by President as per the report. The Emergency
Control Room to stop operations and inform all the concerned.
Resumption of Normal Operations
Upon termination of emergency operations the Drilling Supervisor along with key members
from rig contractor & service companies shall conduct an evaluation of the Rig to find out
what corrective measures are required and determine if it is safe to resume normal operations.
Resumption of operations shall be announced over the Communication system at the Rig site
upon authorization by GM, Drilling or his delegate and all personnel shall be briefed on
further course of action.
Figure 6.2 shows the flow chart of on-site emergency plan.

Figure 6.2: Flow Chart of On-Site Emergency Plan

6.3.9 Offsite Emergency Plan
The Off-Site Emergency Plan for Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) is a compilation of various
emergency scenarios. It also includes the probable impact on “off the site” due to emergency
and the action plan to combat / mitigate the consequences of a disaster situation.
Structure of Off-Site Emergency Plan
 Site Main Controller (SMC) will manage the activities for off-site emergency plan by co-
ordination with Deputy Commissioner/Addl. Deputy Commissioner/Circle Officer of the
area.
 He will also co-ordinate with Emergency Control Room of GeoEnpro‟s Kharsang Oilfield
Site for help of fire tender, mutual aid from nearby industries, ambulance and help of Site
Support Group if needed.
 He will also keep in touch with Incident Controller who will involve in combating
emergency on-site and will give information to outside agencies to tackle the off-site
emergency.
Role of Local / District Authorities
Local/District Authorities Roles/Responsibilities

Deputy Commissioner / Addl.  Take overall responsibility for combating the off -
Deputy Commissioner/Circle site emergency.
Officer  Declare an area of 2 km around the site as
emergency zone.
 Direct the district police, fire services for warning
and evacuating the public.
 Direct the team of doctors headed by the district
medical officer to attend the affected people.
 Direct the district revenue officer to provide safe
shelter, food and other life sustaining requirements
for the evacuees.
 Direct the district transport officer to arrange for
transportation of victims and evacuation of the
people trapped within the emergency zone
Superintendent of Police / SDPO /  Mobilize force to the site of emergency on receipt
OC of instruction from DC /Addl. DC to cordon off the
affected site / area and disperse the unwanted crowd
for easy fire fighting operation / rescue operation.
 Post adequate nos. of police personnel in the
following places :
o In all the evacuated areas to provide security
to the properties of the evacuees.
o In all the road junction outside the emergency
zone to control traffic and priority for
movement of fire tender, ambulance etc.,
 Warning and advising the affected population
through unambiguous, reliable and rapid

announcement. The information to be given to the

public should be the nature of the incident, the
degree of the incident, the steps taken to control the
situation and the emergency counter measures. The
announcement shall be both in Assamese and Hindi.
 Liaison with the medical co- ordinator for post
mortem of the dead bodies, if any.
 Any other action as directed by the deputy
commissioner.
District Transport Officer  Shall arrange for the dispatch of vehicle to reach the
emergency site immediately. He also takes up the
action as directed by the Dy. Commissioner / Addl.
Dy. Commissioner.
District Medical & Health Officer  Shall extend the facilities available at the hospital
and make the services of the trained doctors to
provide necessary medical care for emergency
medical cases.
Officer in - Charge of Relief Camp  An officer in the cadre of revenue inspector or any
other appointed by DC/ADC/SO shall be the in-
charge of the relief camps. He shall maintain a
record of the rescued men, women and children.
The department concerned at the relief camps shall
provide the following facilities.
Sanitation
 A team of sanitary inspector shall attend the camp
round the clock. Latrine facilities shall be provided.
Water
 Deputy Commissioner/Addl. Deputy
Commissioner/Circle Officer will ask to local
authority to arrange for storage of Water.
 Lights
 Deputy Commissioner/Addl. Deputy
Commissioner/Circle Officer will ask to Arunachal
Pradesh Electricity Board (APSEB) shall arrange
electric lights at the camp.
District Veterinary & Animal  Depute as many persons as required (taking in to
Husbandry Officer account the number of cattle especially milking
animals in the affected areas) to look after the
welfare of the cattle and protect their lives by
applying precautionary measures.
 Arranging food for the cattle during emergency
District Agriculture Officer  Prepare an action plan to protect the food grains /
standing crops in the emergency affected area and
will take action accordingly.

Public Information
 Deputy Commissioner/Addl. Deputy Commissioner/ Superintendent of Police will be

dealing with media -press office.
 They will also direct to inform the relatives of injured or so will be given by Manager -
Security and Police department.
 They may also contact Doordarshan to telecast the emergency message if required.
Similarly, they will also arrange to telecast periodic review message and completion of
emergency/all clear message.
Assessment
 Deputy Commissioner/Addl. Deputy Commissioner will direct to form the team including
Site Main Controller of GeoEnpro to find out the actual cause of emergency.
 Site Main Controller will direct to take necessary action and changes to make on-site
emergency planning more effective and efficient. Necessary change will be made.
 Site Main Controller will provide copy of the on-site emergency plan to district
authorities so that information from the various annexure will be used by them to make
their emergency preparedness to execute area of off-site emergency plan.

7
PR O J EC T B EN EFI T S
7 PROJECT BENEFITS
7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS
GeoEnpro is carrying out various activities for the betterment of the local people as part of
our social contribution. Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) has generated various direct and in-direct
employment and business opportunities for the local people. The company has carried out
various activities in the past in the areas of education, health and infrastructure for improving
the socio-economic condition of the local people. GeoEnpro is committed towards social
contribution for the betterment of the local people. Our CSR projects are focused on
improving social capital through our health, education and infrastructure support initiatives.
While the company is providing direct benefits to the local people through its CSR initiatives
in the areas of education, health, culture and infrastructure, it is also generating in-direct
benefits in terms of providing employment opportunities to the local people and business
opportunities to the local contractors /companies.
The proposed development and exploratory drilling at Kharsang Oil Field, District Changlang
of Arunachal Pradesh in the future, will lead to the following benefits:
 The proposed project will enhance hydrocarbon production around 4000 BOPD, which
in-turn will contribute to country’s economy by enhancing energy security and reducing
foreign exchange outgo. Increase in the production shall benefit the State Government
with enhanced royalty payment and Central Government with increased Cess payment.
 The proposed project will result in the direct and indirect employment opportunities to the
unskilled/skilled regional/local people as well as increase in business opportunities.
 The proposed project will benefit the region by way of creation and improvement of
infrastructure facilities like roads, drainage, bridges etc.
 Contribution from GeoEnpro as part of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) schemes

in the fields of education, health, infrastructure etc. for the benefit of local people and
region
CSR Initiatives by GeoEnpro
The company has carried out many CSR activities in the past for betterment of the local and
needy people of the region in terms of providing free medical facilities through the medical
Health Centre at Kharsang, Fire tender services to address forest fire / local fire calls, drinking
water through ring wells, furniture and books for the schools, scholarships for the needy and
deserving students, public facilities / infrastructure development etc.
GeoEnpro is committed to create value through leadership in CSR. Our philosophy is that
business growth and sustainable communities go hand-in-hand. CSR programme objectives
are to proactively manage community expectations and support the district administration for
the development of the Kharsang area. Our CSR projects are focused on improving social
capital through our health, education and infrastructure support initiatives. Our CSR Projects
are designed and implemented through and in consultation with local authorities.
The activity wise details of the expenditure incurred for CSR is as below.
FY FY FY FY FY
Activity
2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
CM Relief Fund 25.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Cultural 5.7 22.1 9.4 1.2 6.2
Education 7.3 14.1 4.5 1.4 22.6
Employment 0.0 13.3 0.8 0.0 0.0
Health 31.6 30.5 27.2 23.9 19.8
Environment 2.5 2.2 0.8 0.0 2.1
Infrastructure 52.7 44.4 35.9 89.2 51.9
Sports 1.7 0.0 7.1 11.7 0.9
Total 126.4 126.6 85.7 127.4 103.5
CSR Initiatives: Education
Instituted scholarship for meritorious students for higher education and meritorious award to
local students on Independence Day.
Construction and provision of following in various schools:
 science laboratory with equipment

 cultural hall
 renovation of classroom and verandah
 two-room school building
 cycle shed
 urinal for Both Boys and Girls
 Providing furniture, books and sports item.
 Fencing of boundary walls
 Furniture i.e. Desk, Bench, Table, Chair, Ceiling Fan, Black board etc.
 Provision of books to ITI library
 Kharsang Field Visit arranged for school children to apprise them of Oil Industry

CSR Initiatives: Infrastructure
 Construction of ring wells in different villages for drinking water

 River bank protection
 Road, Bridge repair and maintenance
 Construction of Public Bath room & Toilets
 Construction of Daily/ weekly market sheds at Kharsang Baazaar
 Regular augmentation of water supply by tank / motor in Local School
 Electrification of CCL camp & Village
 Installation of high mast light
CSR Initiatives: Health
 Daily 120 – 150 locals are provided health care services through our Occupational Health
Center
 Ambulance facility for needy during emergency situations
 Anti – malarial preventive care service involving distribution of medicines and anti
mosquito spray.
 Organizing fortnightly Mobile health camps in various villages
 Organizing Health Mela


8
M A N A G EM EN T
PLA N
8 ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provides a Delivery Mechanism to address

the Adverse Environmental Impact of a project during its execution, to enhance project
benefits, and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works.
The primary objectives of the EMP are to:
 Facilitate the implementation of the mitigation measures for the identified

Adverse Impacts;
 Define the responsibilities of the Project Proponents and Contractors in order to
effectively implement the Environmental Management Plan;
 Define a Monitoring Mechanism and identify Monitoring Parameters in order to:
o Ensure the complete implementation of all Mitigation Measures;

o Ensure the effectiveness of the Mitigation Measure;
o Provide a mechanism for taking timely action in the face of Unanticipated
Environmental Situations;
 Identify training requirements at various levels.
HSE Policy of the Company
The use of fossil fuel will depend not only on Technical, Economic and Political decisions but
increasingly on environmental considerations and its impact.
The Operator will continue to conduct its activities in a professional and responsible
manner. The company, not only will comply with the laid down legislation requirements
but when found inadequate will promote creative measures and internal standards for the
protection of Health, Safety & Environment of the highest order for all who may directly
or indirectly be affected by any of the activities.
Personal Safety and Employee Health will be GeoEnpro’s main responsibility, followed
by the protection of the Environment and Company Property. The company will continue
to take a proactive approach towards creating safe work environment for all employees
and will be concerned for promoting continued safety education and training for all
employees, assigning responsibility for all aspects of the program, continuously
reviewing the program to identify potential areas of improvement, and ensuring a
thorough evaluation of all incidents.
The company will continue to address the Environmental and Health impact of its
operations by reducing Waste, Emissions, and discharges and by using energy efficiently.

Organizational Structure and Responsibilities
This section provides an organizational structure for Environmental Management during

the proposed drilling project and defines the roles and responsibilities of the various role
players for the duration of the project.
Management Approach
The organizational roles and responsibilities are summarized below:
Company: The overall responsibility for compliance with the Environmental Management
Plan rests with the Project Proponent.
Contractors: The Contractors (Civil, Drilling and Others) will carry out field activities as
part of the Development / Exploratory Drilling project. The contractors will be subject to
certain liabilities under the environmental laws of the country, and under their contract
with the field Operator.
A certain degree of redundancy is inevitable across all management levels, but this is in
order to ensure that compliance with the environmental management plan is
crosschecked.
Other essential features of the EMP are:
 Field Operator’s HSE department will oversee HSE compliance throughout the
duration of the Drilling Program. HSE Officer/sat site will undertake implementation
and monitoring of the same;
 Field Operator will ensure that all contracts comply with the requirements given in
the Environmental Management Plan;
 Field Operator will cooperate with regulatory agencies (such as the Arunachal
Pradesh State Pollution Control Board, CPCB, DGMS, OISD, MoEF) who may want
to send their own teams to monitor the activities during the Drilling Program.
Organizational Responsibilities
The salient features of the organisational responsibilities are described below:
Primary Responsibilities:
 The primary responsibilities for the environmental performance of the Project

Proponent & the Contractors will be assumed by their senior level officers during the
project period.
 Company HSE Department will be responsible for the company’s compliance with
the EMP throughout the project.
 The contractor will assume the main responsibility for all environmental matters
pertaining to their work.
 GeoEnpro will coordinate with relevant Government Departments for requisite
compliances

Field Management and Quality Control:
 Conducting Drilling Activities in an environmentally sound manner will be the

responsibility of the Drilling Contractor/Company.
 GeoEnpro’s HSE Officer will be responsible for the overall environmental soundness
of all field operations.
On-the-job Supervision and Monitoring:
 GeoEnpro’s HSE Officer shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the EMP
during the drilling operation. GeoEnpro’s HSE Officer shall be responsible for all
environmental issues and for the implementation of the environmental management
plan in the field.
 If any Monitoring Team from Government Departments or from NGOs visit the field
during the Drilling Operation, GeoEnpro’s HSE Officer will be responsible for
coordinating their visits.
8.2 MITIGATION PLAN
The Mitigation Plan is a key component of the EMP. It lists all the potential effects of the
project and their associated mitigation measures identified in the EIA. For each
Impact/Hazard, the following information is presented in the plan:
 A comprehensive listing of Mitigation Measures;

 Actions Required
The mitigation plan for the activities proposed during the development and exploratory
drillings at Kharsang Field is presented in Table 8.1 (prior to drilling phase) and Table
8.2 (during drilling phase).

Table 8.1: Environnemental Management Plan - Mitigation Management Matrix

(Prior to Drilling Phase)
Hazard & Effect(s) Proposed Mitigation Required Actions

Land Acquisition  Ensure necessary approval under FCA, 1980  For approval of Forest Diversion under FCA 1980, application
Requisite approval for Forest has already been submitted by the company and presently, the
Diversion to be obtained under  Ensure that all necessary protocols are followed proposal is under examination by the concerned State and
FCA, 1980 for carrying out and legal requirements implemented. Central authorities.
drilling operations  Company to initiate interaction with the concerned officials in
 Acquiring necessary approvals from State the State Government, prior to release of actual location to
Obtain necessary approvals government in a timely manner. identify necessary permits and the approval mechanism
from State Government for Preliminary site survey to be carried out by Company’s civil
construction & operations. works consultants to mark the road & site requirement on
ground.
 Company Team to meet the Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution
Control Board Authorities to apprise them of the plan and to
identify and apply for necessary permissions prior to drilling
phase.
Soil Erosion  Minimize the extent of site clearance area, by  Detailed contour maps of the site to be prepared with big trees
choosing best layout with respect to existing marked on it to work out the best layout to minimize cut & fill
topography. & avoid cutting of trees.
 Minimize removal of trees at site.  Plan to minimize tree cutting prior to site construction and
ensure implementation on ground during site construction
phase.
 Collect topsoil during site preparation and  To provide retaining walls to arrest flow of cut earth to nearby
stockpile the same to be used to the extent areas and to see that arrangement is in place for collection.
possible for site restoration later.

Table 8.2: Environnemental Management Plan - Mitigation Management Matrix

(During Drilling Phase)

Waste and Effluent  Company to identify different type of waste Finalization of the Waste Management Plan (draft plan given in
Management anticipated during operations, work out estimated EMP report )
quantities, lay down procedures for collection,
Poor planning and execution handling, treatment and disposal of each type of  Waste Management Plan to be implemented during drilling and
might pose a threat to waste. be made available for inspection at site to all Regulatory Bodies.
environment.  Company shall develop detailed drainage system addressing
 Waste Management Plan to be implemented
The project area receives during operation phase. concerns outlined here.
adequate rainfall so the
possibility of contamination of  Detailed drainage design will be developed as a
part of the site design. It will be ensured that mud  Company to work out required pit volumes based on maximum
rain/storm water run off with
and associated drainage system is isolated from case scenario including rainwater.
rig wash water & waste mud
is unavoidable. the rain/ storm water drainage system.
Wastewater & cuttings may  All wastewater, which will be generated from  Site design will include adequately sized pits to contain
contain trace amounts of drill washings & spent mud will be contained in wastewater for solar evaporation.
fluid and residual chemicals. HDPE lined (300 GSM) pits and will be solar
evaporated, which is permissible as per MoEF’s
GSR 546.
 Cuttings will be dried to maximum extent  Company will use drier system to treat the cuttings coming from
possible using suitable equipment and will be the shakers to achieve fairly Dry Cuttings.
contained in separate pits before final disposal as
per direction from Regulatory Authority.
Fuels, Lubricants and  Prepare a comprehensive Oil Spill Contingency  Finalization of the Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP).
Chemicals Management pose Plan (OSCP) to handle all major, moderate &
threat of major, moderate & minor spills.
minor spills.  Keeping all fuels, lubricants and chemicals in  Checklist of all drums and containers located within footprint of
well-designed storage facility with regular the storage area will be prepared.
inventory checking.
 Ensure that OSCP is implemented during  Training and awareness program to be developed among all
operations. workers associated along with mock exercises.


Contamination by way of fuel  Used and unused chemicals will be stored in a  The lined & bunded area for the diesel tank will have extra space
oil/lubricant spill and leaching. lined & bunded area. to contain used and unused lubricants in drums.
 Executing delivery of fuel to drilling site under  Keeping an inventory of all fueling and refueling operations.
strict supervision and carrying out refueling
operations in an area with impervious flooring
and surface drainage with oil interceptor.
 Use of suitable delivery trucks.  Check all delivery trucks for suitability & ensure that they meet
safety requirements.
 Impervious liners in place for fuel, lubricants  Impervious liners to be installed in the fuel & lubricant storage
storage area. Fuel/Lubricant Containment & area. Fuel/lubricant storage area & generator area to have drains
Generator area to have drains with Oil with oil entrapment mechanism.
Entrapment Provision.
 Effective bunds capable of containing 110% of  Site design to incorporate bund requirement for the fuel/lubricant
the volume of the largest container within and storage area.
enclosing all potentially contaminating materials.
To be used for fuel/lubricants storage area.
Noise and  Checklist of all machineries with record of date  Maintenance of data records.
Vibration of procurement, installation and age.
 Regular maintenance of all equipments.  Maintenance Log Book for all machineries to be prepared.
 Implement good working practices to minimize  No machinery will be operated when not required.
noise.
 Wearing of ear protector when appropriate.  Company to distribute noise protection equipment and ensure
utilization by the work force.
Major Spills  Non-contaminated and contaminated runoff will  Ensure separate runoff routes during site design.
be kept separate. Non-contaminated runoff will
be routed to off-site area. Potentially
contaminated runoff will be treated.
 Major Spills: OSCP should be in place and  These spills will be handled and controlled with special care and
associated equipment and tools should be the soil contaminated with oil will be sent to Waste
available. Management Project for treatment and disposal.


Air Emissions  Operate all equipment within specified design  Ensure proper Equipment maintenance.
parameters.
 Minimize emissions during well testing (flaring).  Effective separation of liquid & Gas to be achieved and the
separated oil will be transported to the existing CTTF
 Watering of unpaved roads if required to control  Ensure absence of stockpiles or open containers of dusty
dust generation. materials.
Solid Wastes  Ensure proper documentation of all wastes  Pre-operation inspections to ensure waste disposal facilities are
Wastes will include organic generated. in place.
wastes, scrap metal, waste oil  Litter and debris not to be discarded at site and to  A segregation pit to have waste types segregated into separate
& chemicals, sacks, medical be segregated at segregation pit on the well site. drums at the well site.
wastes, etc.  Non-Toxic Biodegradable Waste to be buried  Company to arrange for proper disposal and waste recycling
during operations and de-commissioning, contractors.
ensuring that local water resources are not
contaminated in any way.
 Bulk supply of materials to be preferred for  Company to monitor strict compliance with the provisions of
minimization of packaging wastes. Unused ERP & Well Control Plan.
materials to be returned to Supplier.
 Material such as scrap metal, waste oil will be  Records of interaction between the management and the work
disposed of in a controlled manner through force. Records of training and drills.
authorized waste contractors.
 Draw up Emergency Response Plan (ERP), Well  Ensure all available offset data is examined for proper design
Control Plan, and keep them updated. parameters and ERP (Emergency response plan) to be in place.
 Maintain state of readiness for quick response  Same as above
including plan awareness, training and regular
mock exercises.
 Risk of loss of well control to be minimized
through:
i) Proper well design, which will ensure that the  Well monitoring equipment to detect influx from reservoir.
hydrostatic weight of mud will overcome Pressure detection service provided through Mud-logging.
formation pressure.


ii) Proper drilling program design to ensure  Blowout preventers to be tested regularly during and after its
selection of properly rated BOP equipment. installation.
iii) Ensure that the Company’s supervision team &  To ensure key personnel to have International Well Control
Rig Contractor’s relevant operating personnel Forum (IWCF) certificates.
are trained to handle well control situations and
hold relevant Well Control Training
Certificates.
Non-routine/ accidental events  To detect well kicks immediately to prevent  Advance instrumentation system and Mud Logging unit should
(Well kicks, blow out) blowouts. be available.
 Ensure advanced detection system is in place
and BOP equipment is well maintained.
Socio-Economic Impacts  Ensure no water (surface or ground)  Implement proposed Waste Management Plan and undertake
contamination occurs from drilling operations. water quality monitoring before, during and after the operations.
 Undertake social welfare projects for the local  Implement social welfare schemes as per Company’s CSR
communities through well thought out CSR policy.
strategy.
 Few unskilled manual labours may be engaged
temporarily from local.
8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING
GeoEnpro is committed to continuously review & improve HSE standards to prevent accidents, minimize environmental impact, prevent environmental
pollution and reduce health and safety risks. To provide the framework and structure to meet the highest level of HSE expectations, a HSE-MS manual along
with a guide has been prepared and adopted for all the operational areas of GeoEnpro.
Environmental Awareness training will help to ensure that the requirements of the EMP are clearly understood and followed by all project personnel
throughout the project period. The primary responsibility for providing training as per HSE policy to all project personnel w ill be that of the HSE
Officer.

The HSE Officer will train the site staff engaged by GeoEnpro for the project activities. Training will cover all staff levels, ranging from the
management and supervisory to the skilled and unskilled categories. The scope of the training will cover the re quirements of the EIA and the EMP,
with special emphasis on sensitizing the project staff to environmental, social, ethnic, and tribal context of the area.
8.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
To facilitate field level implementation, a Waste Management Plan is proposed, which will be subject to fine tuning before the start of the operations. This
Draft Waste Management plan is presented below in Table 8.3.
Table 8.3: Waste Management Plan
Who is Responsible What needs to be

Category Waste Type Proposed Action Monitoring
for action? Reported?
Domestic Waste Sewage It is expected that around 2.4 kld/well HSE Officer Dimensions of pits, Integrity GeoEnpro
(Black Water) of domestic wastewater (sewage and & maintenance of the pits,
sullage) will be generated from each level of sewage in the pits.
drilling site. The treatment proposed
for the domestic water includes
allowing domestic wastewater to pass
into a septic tank to be provided at a
drilling site. The septic tank will be
constructed as per the Bureau of
Indian Standard IS: 2470 (Part-1):
1985.
All Sewage to be channelised into
septic tanks and soak pits.
Wastewater The disposal of the overflow from the HSE Officer Dimensions of pits, Integrity GeoEnpro
(Grey Water) septic tank will be done into a soak pit & maintenance of the pits,
provided at the drilling site. The Level of gray water in the
secondary treatment (soak pit) can be Pits. Check availability of
constructed as per the Bureau of grease collection pit and
Indian Standard IS: 2470 (Part-2): frequent collection of
grease, regular checking of


1985. wastewater level in the pit.
All gray water to be channelised into
soak pits. Excess waste water will be
sprinkled on the project access road
Food Waste To be properly segregated (no HSE Officer Construction of pits, daily GeoEnpro
plastics, metal, glass in it) and disposal of organic waste
brought to the segregation pit. Dig and covering it with soil.
two small humus pits (each of 2m x
2m x 1.5 m) within the camp site area
away from common use by rig crew
members. The humus pits are to be
covered with soil on daily basis to
avoid any odour nuisance due to
putrification and check any contact
with the flies or insects.
Combustible To be properly segregated (no HSE Officer Ensure daily bringing of the GeoEnpro
Waste (Paper plastics, metal, glass in it) and waste to the pit. Periodic
Rags, Packing brought to the segregation pit. Sent to sending of waste to nearby
material) recycling contractor. Recycling Contractor.
Bio-Medical Medical waste To ensure the availability of specified Medical Doctor Segregation of waste GeoEnpro
Waste (waste generated boxes, use of syringe cutters. Waste to Transportation of waste to
from First Aid be properly separated and stored nearby Recycling
Centre) temporarily at site separately from Contractor.
other wastes. Medical waste to be
transported to the hospital capable of
handling waste.
Recyclable Waste Tin packs, plastic To be properly segregated and HSE Officer Segregation and storing of GeoEnpro
and glass bottles temporary storage at segregation pit at waste at the site. Sending of
and other well site. Deliver to approved waste to nearby Recycling


metallic Recycling Contractor. Contractor.
materials
Drilling Wastes Drill Cuttings To be stored in 300 gsm HDPE lined HSE Officer Verify that volume of pit is GeoEnpro
pits on the well site. adequate for storage of
cuttings from the drilling
At the close of operations, if leachate
site.
analysis performed on properly
washed and reasonably dried drill Leachate analysis to be done
cuttings show that it is non-hazardous on completion of the well
in nature, then it can be disposed of as from a recognized Lab.
inert material either into a cuttings pit Drill cuttings shall be
onsite or offsite or taken for beneficial disposed off in the secure
use in construction of roads or landfill site at KOF
spreading on land in the local area or
land filling.
If found hazardous, disposal can be
done onsite or offsite as per the
approval of the State Pollution
Control Board or to dispose it in
existing secured landfill in the area.
Un-used Drilling As per GSR 546, the un-used drilling HSE Officer Check integrity of the GeoEnpro
Mud mud will be stored in 300 gsm HDPE HDPE lined pit.
lined pit on site and solar evaporated.
Drilling & Wash All wastewater, which will be HSE Officer Check integrity of the GeoEnpro
Wastewater generated from washings & spent HDPE lined pit. Volume
mud will be contained in HDPE lined (cum) of wash wastewater
(300 GSM) pits and will be solar generated.
evaporated, which is permissible as
per GSR 546.


Chemical Sludge The treatment of the sludge so HSE Officer Check integrity of the GeoEnpro
(generated as a generated can be for pH correction, if HDPE lined pit. Volume
result of any, followed by dewatering either in (cum) of the sludge
wastewater centrifuge and or solar evaporation. generated.
treatment) The treatment is to be ensured in a pit
properly lined with impervious HDPE
liner of 1.0 mm.
Testing for stipulated
Disposal is dependent on establishing
standards from recognized
non-hazardous or hazardous nature
Labs before deciding final
after the end of operations.
disposal.
Oily Waste Used Oil Oil changing activity is allowed only HSE Officer Collection and storage of GeoEnpro
at the rig site. Oil to be collected in oil. Used oil drums safely
designated containers at the Rig site. transported and sent to
Ensure that the used oil drums are approved recyclers.
safely transported to the approved
recycling contractor
For the proposed drilling, it is expected that the drill cuttings will be free from oil and may not be rendered as hazardous, provided it is out of the purview of
concentration criteria laid down under the Rules. However, drill cuttings shall be disposed of in the secure landfill site as per the standards and laid down
procedures by the APSPCB. The sludge from the proposed drilling operations may be rendered as free from oil by providing suitable pre-treatment
measures. However, as per the Rules, any chemical sludge generated from wastewater treatment is considered as hazardous. Therefore, the chemical sludge
from the wastewater treatment at the proposed Developmental Drilling can be rendered as hazardous. The drilling mud and other drilling wastes also
considered as hazardous. However, based on sampling and analysis carried out through a recognized laboratory after the end of the drilling phase, if it is
proved that the drilling mud and other drilling wastes do not contain any of the constituents mentioned in HWM Rules to the extent of concentration limits
specified therein, the wastes may not be treated as hazardous.

8.5 RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION
Well Abandonment
After well testing and evaluation, a decision on whether to abandon or develop the well
will be taken. If no indications of a commercial quantity of oil are encountered either
before or after testing, the well will be declared dry, accordingly plugged and abandoned,
and the site restored in line with local regulations and good industry practice. As a
minimum, the following steps will be undertaken to restore and rehabilitate the area:
 The well mouth will be capped at ground level;

 All concrete structures will be broken up, and the debris disposed off as per the
regulatory requirements;
 All other waste products, solid and liquid, will be disposed of in accordance with the
requirements of the EIA and will be treated to render them harmless;
 All fencing and access gates will be removed;
 All pits whose contents would show regulatory compliance for on-site disposal, at the
time of site closure, will be backfilled and closed out as per the legal requirements;
 Waste products, solid and liquid, will be disposed of in accordance with the waste
management plan.
8.6 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST FOR POLLUTION CONTROL

MEASURES
The existing facilities at Kharsang Field i.e. ETP, sewerage system, septic tanks,
environmental management laboratory, Secure Landfill Site, storage tanks etc will also be
utilized for proposed project activities. The existing ETP (200 KLPD) and sewerage
system have the capacity to handle the discharge of waste water generation from the
proposed project activities.
In view of above, the capital and recurring cost towards pollution control measures for
proposed project is more of related to monitoring and maintenance of
machineries/equipments.
The capital cost is about INR 27, 50,000 and the recurring cost is INR 40, 60,000 for
Pollution Control Measures.
Total Capital Recurring

Pollution Control Measures
Cost Cost
Wastewater and effluent Management
 Water Quality Monitoring 60,000
Fuel, Lubricant and Chemical Management 25,00,000 50,000
Noise and Vibration Mitigation
 Acoustic Enclosure and Personal Protective 2,50,000
Equipments
 Noise Monitoring 50,000
 Maintenance cost of equipments 50,000

Total Capital Recurring

Pollution Control Measures
Cost Cost
Air emission mitigation
 Maintenance of D.G. sets 31,50,000
 Air monitoring 1,00,000
Soil Quality 50,000
Training to Staff 2,00,000
General Awareness in Local Public 3,50,000
Total 27,50,000 40,60,000

9
SU M M A R Y A N D
C O N C LU SIO N
9 SUMMARY AND
CONCLUSION
9.1 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
GeoEnpro has proposed to drill 40 Development wells and 5 Exploratory/Appraisal wells at

Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) Area, Changlang District, of Arunachal Pradesh in a phase-wise
manner over the coming years.
The Field covers an area of around 11 sq. km and is rich in flora and fauna with scenic beauty
of hilly terrain interspersed with lush green valleys in between. Human settlement / habitation
in the block area is very low. Namphuk Hka (river) flows just north of Kharsang Oil Field
essentially from east to west direction and touches central portion of the northern boundary of
Kharsang Oil Field. Nearly 60 percent of southern part of KOF area is covered by dense
mixed forest which extends further towards south and east directions of KOF
The different project related activities during the drilling and operational phase are identified
and the baseline condition of the environment has been established based on the primary data
collected through field investigations, environment monitoring and from secondary sources
viz. maps, reports, scientific literatures etc.
The EIA study has been conducted for identification of the impacts, due to the proposed
operations, based on the analyzed data (collection from primary and secondary sources) and
accordingly, mitigation measures for minimizing any environmental impact have been
suggested in the report. Impacts arising out of operation of machineries and equipments,
operational discharges, accidental spillage of lubricants, oil and other chemicals, movement of
vehicles, gas flaring activities etc. during the drilling operations may affect the terrestrial
environment. However, all these impacts shall be minimized by adopting suitable measures,
as suggested in Environment Management Plan (EMP). As a result of the adequate control
measures and management processes in place, there should be no significant impact resulting
from the proposed operations.
With respect to occupational health, some impacts are anticipated on the health of the
employees during operation phase. However, with proposed mitigation measures, such
impacts shall be duly addressed and minimized.
Overall, the implementation of the proposed project will prove beneficial as the project will
result in economic benefits to all stakeholders by enhancing the oil production and thereby
contributing towards the energy security of the country. Also, it will generate direct and in-
direct employment and business opportunities for the local people and contractors of the
region.

10
D ES C LO SU R E O F
C O N SU LT A N TS
EN G A G ED
10 DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is an independent consulting company in the
field of water and environment engineering with its headquarters located in New Delhi, India.
ACE provides consulting services and sustainable solutions for infrastructure projects (roads,
railways, ports, hydropower, water resources and other urban infrastructural plan outs),
industrial projects (refineries, petrochemicals, gas pipelines, offshore and onshore oil & gas
exploration, fertilizers, steel plants, power plants, textiles, hotels, distilleries and tanneries)
and social development projects.
ACE is committed to provide consultancy services of international quality at local costs to

suit its client’s requirements. ACE believes that the key to success is the ability to work
effectively with clients to understand, define, and resolve their environmental concerns. ACE
offers technical talent, specialized expertise, physical resources, and requisite facilities that
are important in responding to water and environmental issues, the world faces today. The
quality of work and timely completion of project are of paramount importance in each
assignment that ACE undertakes.
We, at ACE, know what makes for a successful project. Clients turn to ACE because
 We understand the issue at hand

 Have the required experience and expertise to develop unique solutions
 Complete work on time and within budget
 Work towards client satisfaction as our ultimate goal
ACE offers this combination of quality and performance through its professionals, managers
and support personnel. Our people are equipped with state-of-the-art technologies and they
are motivated to implement the project to the satisfaction of the client.
10.2 QUALITY OF SERVICES
ACE is committed to providing a high quality consultancy service. As a recognition of same,

ACE has been awarded ISO 9001: 2008 certified (Certificate no: 22340/10/S) by RINA, to
provide consultancy services for water supply, waste water treatment, municipal solid waste
management, environment and social impact assessment, environment impact and audit,
remote sensing and geographical information systems. In addition to this, ACE is also
accredited with Quality Council of India (Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for
preparation of EIA of Onshore and offshore oil and gas exploration and development and
transportation of oil and gas through pipelines (Category A).
10.3 AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
 Water Resources Engineering

 Water Supply
 Wastewater Management
 Urban Environment Improvement
 Environmental Management
 Social Development
 GIS and Remote Sensing
10.4 RESOURCES
Panel of Experts
ACE has experts in the following specialized areas:
 Water supply engineering

 Water resources engineering
 Wastewater engineering
 Solid waste management
 Public Health and Sanitation
 Environmental Management
 Forestry and Wildlife
 Environmental modeling
 Fisheries
 Aquaculture
 Social development
Infrastructural Resources
Following facilities are available with ACE:
 Air quality models

 Noise quality models
 Water quality models
 Water distribution analysis software
 Sewer network analysis software
Software Availability
 AERMODE
 CALINE4
 Erdas Imagine
 Arc GIS
 AutoCAD
 Map Info

A NNEXURE - I
C O PY O F EX IS TIN G
EC , C O M PLIA N C E
R EP O R T A N D C TO
Copy of Existing EC
Copy of Environmental
Compliance Report
Copy of Consent to Operate
(CTO)
A N N EX U R E - I I
COPY OF
A PPR O V ED TO R ,
FO R M -1 A N D PFR
Copy of Approved Terms of
Reference (TOR)
Copy of Form-1, Proposed
TOR and PFR
APPENDIX I
(See Paragraph6)
FORM 1
Note : If space provided against any parameter is inadequate,Kindly upload supporting document
under 'Additional Attachments if any' at the last part of the Form1. Please note that all such
Annexures must be part of single pdf document.
(I)Basic Informations
S.No. Item Details
To drill 40 Development wells and 5 Exploratory / Appraisal
1. Name of the Project
wells in the Kharsang Oil Field
2. Project Sector Industrial Projects
3. Location of the project Arunachal Pradesh
4. Shape of the project land Block (Polygon)
Uploaded GPS file AnnexureGPS file
Uploaded copy of survey of India
AnnexureSurvey of india toposheet
Toposheet
5. Brief summary of project AnnexureBrief summary of project
6. State of the project Arunachal Pradesh
Details of State of the project
S.no State Name District Name Tehsil Name
(1.) Arunachal Pradesh Changlang Kharsang Circle
7. Town / Village Kharsang
8. Plot/Survey/Khasra No. Kharsang Oil Field
1(b) Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration,
9. S. No. in the schedule
development & production
Proposed capacity/area/length/tonnage to
To drill 40 Development Wells and 5 Exploratory/Appraisal
10. be handled/command area/lease
Wells ha.
area/number or wells to be drilled
11. New/Expansion/Modernization Expansion

Proposal Number IA/AR/IND/24803/2006
MoEFCC file number(Previous EC) J11011/389/2006IA II(I)
Existing capacity/area etc. 10 ha.
Uploaded EC letter AnnexureUploaded EC letter
12. Category of project i.e. 'A' or 'B' A
Does it attract the general condition? If
13. No
yes, please specify
15. Does it attract the specific condition? No
16. Is there any litigation pending against the No
project?
Nearest railway station along with distance
17. Ledo, 40 km
in kms.
18. Nearest airport along with distance in kms Mohanbari Airport, Dibrugarh, 120 km
Nearest Town/City/District Headquarters
19. Miao , 25 km
along with distance in kms
20. Details of alternative sites examined
No
shown on a toposheet
21. Whether part of interlinked projects? No
22. Whether the proposal involves
approval/clearance under the Forest Yes
(Conservation)Act,1980?
Status Forest Clearance Under Process
MoEF file number FOR. 572/CONS/2014/104649
MoEF file number 94.712ha.
23. Whether the proposal involves
approval/clearance under the wildlife No
(Protection)Act,1972?
Whether the proposal involves
24. approval/clearance under the C.R.Z No
notification,2011?
25. Whether there is any Government
No
Order/Policy relevent/relating to the site?
26. Whether there is any litigation pending
against the project and/or land in which No
the project is proposed to be set up?
27. Project Cost(in lacs) 72000
Activity
Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause
1
physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.)
S.No Details there of (with
approximate quantities/rates,
Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No
wherever possible) with
source of information data
For drilling of wells at Kharsang Oil
Field, land requirement is around 3
hectares per location. Diversion of
Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or which shall be taken under Section
1.1 topography including increase in intensity of land use (with Yes (2) of the Forest Conservation Act
respect to local land use plan) 1980. However, some of the wells
shall be drilled from the already
diversified area (136 Hectares)
within the total Mining Lease area.
which shall be taken under Section
1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings? Yes (2) of the Forest Conservation Act
1980. However, some of the wells
which shall be taken under Section
1.3 Creation of new land uses? Yes (2) of the Forest Conservation Act
1980. However, some of the wells
Preconstruction investigations e.g. bore houses, soil
1.4 No
testing?
Drilling site civil infrastructure

1.5 Construction works? Yes preparation for each location will
be carried out
1.6 Demolition works? No
Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of
1.7 No Existing facilities would be used.
construction workers?
Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including During site preparation there will

1.8 linear structures,cut and fill or excavations and fill or Yes be earth work involved for levelling
excavations of the locations.
Each development drilling location

well will be drilled for a depth
ranging from 800 mts to 1500
1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling? Yes
mts and exploratory/appraisal well
with maximum depth up to 4000
mts
1.10 Reclamation works? No
1.11 Dredging? No
1.12 Offshore structures? No
After testing the wells for 35 days
the oil produced from the wells will
be directly flown through flow lines
to existing Oil Collecting Station
1.13 Production and manufacturing processes? Yes
(OCS) where processing will be
done prior to dispatch of the crude
oil to the Custody Transfer Tank
Farm (CTTF).
Crude Oil produced from the

oilfield is temporarily stored in the
crude oil storage tanks before
1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? Yes being transported to the refinery
(IOCL, Digboi) by road tankers.
Other materials will be stored in
the existing store/ godowns.
Presently waste generated from

the oil field is mainly in the form of
formation water and minor sludge.
We have presently an operational
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)
with treating capacity of 200 KLPD
for treatment of formation water
Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid to achieve permissible limit for
1.15 Yes
effluents? disposal as per State Pollution
Control Board norms. The oil
sludge is collected in a concrete
sludge storage facility at a
centralized location and is disposed
of to authorized and licensed
recycler who utilizes it for
manufactu
There is a housing camp already in
the operational area for the staff
1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers? Yes working for GeoEnpro. The present
setup will be sufficient to take care
of the future requirement.
Approach gravel road for the new

proposed drilling locations may be
New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or
1.17 Yes built for man, machinery and
operation?
material for carrying out drilling
activities.
New road, rail, air water borne or other transport
The existing road to the oilfield will
1.18 infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, No
suffice the need for future also.
ports, airports etc?
Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or
1.19 No
infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements?
Flow lines of 4” diameter will be

laid from the new well locations to
the existing Oil Collecting Station
1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines? Yes
(OCS) for transporting the
produced crude oil to the
processing facility.
Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other
1.21 No
changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers?
1.22 Stream crossings? No
Water from the nearby river will

Abstraction or transfers of water from ground or surface be drawn during drilling activities.
1.23 Yes
waters? Estimated quantity shall be
around 50 M3/day.
Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting
1.24 No
drainage or runoff?
During drilling activities / phases,
man and machinery need to be
Transport of personnel or materials for construction, transported by diesel driven
1.25 Yes vehicles to the drilling locations for
operation or decommissioning?
carrying out specialized jobs.
(Approx. 50 people requirement
during drilling)
Longterm dismantling or decommissioning or restoration
1.26 No
works?
Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have
1.27 No
an impact on the environment?
Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or
1.28 No
permanently?
1.29 Introduction of alien species? No
1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity? No
1.31 Any other actions? No
Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water,
2
materials or energy, especially any resources which are nonrenewable or in short supply):
S.No Details thereof (with
New wells to be drilled would

require land admeasuring around
2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha) Yes
3.0 hectare, which presently falls
under forest area.
50 m3/day during drilling

2.2 Water (expected source & competing users) unit: KLD Yes
activities.
2.3 Minerals (MT) No
For preparation of drilling location

some quantity (approx. 250 MT
Construction material – stone, aggregates, sand / soil
2.4 Yes per location) of broken stones,
(expected source – MT)
gravels, aggregates etc. would be
required
2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No
We are utilizing produced natural

gas from the field for power
generation, so there will not be
any additional requirement.
Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing However, the machinery which will
2.6 Yes
users) Unit: fuel (MT),energy (MW) be running for drilling activities will
draw its power from mobile DG
Sets (1000 KVA) which will
consume maximum 3 KLPD of
HSD
2.7 Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard No
units)
Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be
3 harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived
risks to human health
Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as
3.1 per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment No
(flora, fauna, and water supplies
Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors
3.2 No
(e.g. insect or water borne diseases)
Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living
3.3 No
conditions?
Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the
3.4 No
project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc.
3.5 Any other causes No
4 Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month)
4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No
Mainly the human waste will be

generated, which will be
discharged in existing septic tanks
in the existing housing complex.
4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercial wastes) Yes
Other waste (kitchen waste)
developed are of Bio – degradable
in nature and environmental
friendly.
Presently about 120130 MT p.a.
oil sludge is generated which is
collected in concrete sludge
handling facility created within
Kharsang Oil Field and sold to
authorized recycler. This quantity
is likely to go up with an increased
Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management production and same methodology
4.3 Yes
Rules) will be followed for disposal. During
drilling activities drill cuttings and
drilling mud will be collected in
separate HDPE lined pits and mud
will be recycled. Unusable drilling
waste water will be treated in
mobile ETP located
4.4 Other industrial process wastes No
4.5 Surplus product No
Mainly the human waste will be

generated, which will be
discharged in existing septic tanks
in the existing housing complex.
4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment No
Other waste (kitchen waste)
developed are of Bio – degradable
in nature and environmental
friendly.
4.7 Construction or demolition wastes No
4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No
4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No
4.10 Agricultural wastes No
4.11 Other solid wastes No
5 Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air(Kg/hr)
1. We are presently utilizing

natural gas produced from the field
for domestic consumption and
power generation. Stack of
adequate height is provided to gas
driven power generation system
and boiler as per CPCB guidelines
Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or and stack samples is checked
5.1 Yes
mobile sources periodically as per norms. 2.
During drilling activity, mobile HSD
generators will be used for
generating power requirement of
rig package and associated
services. The exhaust gases so
generated shall be meeting the
laid down norms.
Emergency Flare System is

5.2 Emissions from production processes No designed at Oil Collecting Station
as per OISD guidelines.
Emissions from materials handling including storage or
5.3 No
transport
For drilling site preparation,
sometimes, diesel generators will
Emissions from construction activities including plant and be used. Exhaust from the road
5.4 Yes
equipment roller and bulldozer (23 nos.)
during site preparation and drilling
activities.
Civil construction & mud

preparation for drilling will
generate some dust which get
Dust or odours from handling of materials including
5.5 Yes dissipated immediately with the
construction materials, sewage and waste
wind and does not have any
impact on the surrounding
environment
5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste No
Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash
5.7 No
materials, construction debris)
5.8 Emissions from any other sources No
6 Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:
Rotary equipment during normal

operation and drilling phase shall
From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation generate some noise and
6.1 Yes
plant, crushers vibrations, however appropriate
measures will be taken to keep
noise within the laid down norms.

generate some noise and
6.2 From industrial or similar processes Yes
vibrations, however appropriate

generate some noise and
6.3 From construction or demolition Yes
vibrations, however appropriate
6.4 From blasting or piling No
From movement of vehicles which
shall be used for transporting
6.5 From construction or operational traffic Yes equipment and material during the
operations
6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No
6.7 From any other sources No
Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into
7
sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:
All waste generated during the

From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous regular or drilling operations will be
7.1 No
materials treated prior to disposal to meet
the laid down norms.
From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the
7.2 No
land (expected mode and place of discharge)
By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or
7.3 No
into water
7.4 From any other sources No
Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the
7.5 No
environment from these sources?
Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human
8
health or the environment
Minor spill of HSD from tanker

unloading & leaking valves, lines
and storage tank, may happen.
Blow out during drilling may result
in violent escape of hydrocarbons.
During drilling Blowout Preventer
(BOP) will be used to prevent such
From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling,
8.1 Yes blowout. We have proper fire
use or production of hazardous substances
safety facilities including a fire
tender in place, supported by a
professional team to handle any
accident. Besides above, we have
operational occupational health
centre headed by a qualified and
experienced doctor with support
During drilling operations there are
associated risks, as heavy
8.2 From any other causes No equipment would be under
operation however, all such
operations shall be under close
monitoring as per OMR, 1984.
Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing
Natural calamities like earthquake
8.3 environmental damage (e.g. floods, earthquakes, Yes
may affect the project.
landslides, cloudburst etc)?
Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead
9 to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or
planned activities in the locality
Details thereof (with
S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No
Lead to development of supporting.lities, ancillary Additional hydrocarbons production
development or development stimulated by the project at some or all wells is established,
which could have impact on the environment e.g.: then production of oil/gas will help
in meeting energy needs of India
Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply,waste and will accelerate economic
9.1 or waste water treatment, etc.) No development of the Kharsang and
housing development associated area of Arunachal
extractive industries Pradesh. The project, as such, will
supply industries not stimulate any such
Other development which could have
environmental effects.
Lead to afteruse of the site, which could have an impact
9.2 No
on the environment
More wells may be drilled in the

9.3 Set a precedent for later developments Yes Kharsang Oil Field for optimally
producing hydrocarbon reserves.
Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing
9.4 No
or planned projects with similar effects
(III) Environmental Sensitivity
Aerial distance (within
S.No Areas Name/Identity 15km.) Proposed project
location boundary
Kharsang Oil field is situated in a
reserve forest area. Most of the
activities are sub surface in
Areas protected under international conventions, national
nature and will not have any
1 or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural No
impact on the surface
or other related value
surrounding area. There is no
area protected under
international conventions.
Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological
2 reasons Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, No
coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests
Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of
3 flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over No
wintering, migration
4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters No
Assam Border 14 Kms Mynamar
5 State, National boundaries No
60 Kms by road
Routes or facilities used by the public for access to
6 No
recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas
7 Defence installations No
8 Densely populated or builtup area No
All mentioned facilities exist in

Kharsang town which is approx. 3
Areas occupied by sensitive manmade land uses to 4 kms away from the
9 No
(hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities) Kharsang Oil Field. Total
population of the town is approx.
5000
Areas containing important, high quality or scarce
Oil field is located and surrounded
10 resources.(ground water resources,surface No
by reserved forest.
resources,forestry,agriculture,fisheries,tourism,minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental
11 damage.(those where existing legal environmental No
standards are exceeded)
Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the
project to present environmental problems (earthquakes,
12 No
subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or
adverse climatic conditions) similar effects
(IV) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES
1 Uploaded Terms of Reference(TOR) File AnnexureTOR file
Annexurescanned copy of covering
2 Uploaded scanned copy of covering letter
letter
3 Uploaded PreFeasibility report(PFR) AnnexurePFR
(V) Undertaking
The aforesaid application and documents furnished here with are true to my knowledge
V. Name of Applicant Ajay Kumar Ray
(i)
Designation President
Name of Company(Applicant Name
GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited
should not be given here)
Address 7, LGF, Shreshtha Vihar East Delhi, Delhi
Print
Scope of Work (SoW) for Rapid EIA Study at Kharsang Oil Field
To carry out the Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) Study by the process of collection of
the baseline data, identification of the potential impacts & mitigation measures, prediction of
significant impacts and evaluation of the impacts to determine the quality of the environment and
natural ecosystem before, during and after the proposed drilling of 40 Development wells and 5
Exploratory / Appraisal wells at Kharsang Oil Field, Arunachal Pradesh. Accordingly, on the basis of the
study prepare Environmental Monitoring Programme and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for
adequate management of the anticipated impacts.
Study Period / Schedule
The study shall commence immediately after the receipt of the LOA. The field data will be collected for
one season, leaving the monsoon season, so that the study can be completed by 12 weeks.
Study Area
The Study area will consist of an area of 5 Km radius with center of Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) as its
center. Since the entire KOF will be well within the study area, sufficient adjoining area shall also form
part of the study area.
Components of the work plan
1. Description of the environment (baseline)

2. Exploratory and Development drilling project description
3. Environmental impact identification
4. Environmental impact assessment
5. Analysis of alternative resources and technologies
6. Environment Management Plan
7. Risk Assessment & Management
8. EIA report presentation to EAC(MoEF) for EC
Objectives of the EIA
The main objectives of the EIA are as follows:
1. To ensure that the project is sound environmentally and that any issues of concern relating to
these are addressed as per applicable regulation of government of India.
2. Ensure that environmental considerations are addressed and incorporated into the project
decision-making process.
3. Consultant shall ensure that the latest amendments to EIA and other environmental
notifications published by MoEF are compiled with the extent that such notifications would
impact the current studies.
The Draft Terms of Reference (TOR) for carrying out the EIA study for drilling of 40 Development
wells and 5 Exploratory / Appraisal wells and related production activities at Kharsang Oil Field are
as below,
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1. Justification for selecting the proposed capacity.

2. Geographic information of the site – Latitude/Longitude, total area envisaged for setting up of
project, seismic zone classification, topography, etc.
3. Land requirement for the project including its optimization, break up of land requirement and
its availability. Land use and cropping patterns, Agriculture/Fishing practices and yield
4. Maps at appropriate scales with proper labels and legends to illustrate the general settings of
project-related development sites as well as surrounding areas likely to be environmentally
affected.
5. Details on support infrastructure in the study area.
6. Details on geological, geophysical and seismic surveys.
7. Details on solid waste management for drill cuttings, drilling mud and oil sludge, produced
sand, radioactive materials, other hazardous materials, etc. including its disposal options during
all project phases.
8. Details on wastewater generation, treatment and utilization/discharge for produced water,
cooling waters, other wastewaters, etc. during all project phases.
9. Details on estimation and computation of air emissions (such as nitrogen oxides, sulphur
oxides, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons (methane and non-methane), VOCs, etc.) resulting from
flaring, DG sets, combustion, etc. during all project phases.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
1. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
1.1 Air Environment

10. Baseline data collection for ambient air quality for one season with frequency of twice a week, in
an area of 5 KM radius with center of Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) as its center.
11. Details on establishment of baseline on the air quality of the areas immediately affected by the
exploratory / development drilling and also particularly with reference to hydrogen sulphide and
sulphur dioxide and background levels of hydrocarbons (Methane and Non-Methane) and
VOCs in one season.
12. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at 8 locations as per National Ambient Air Quality
Standards, notified by CPCB
13. Stack Emission Monitoring from Power House, Boiler as per CPCB standards.
14. Climatology and Meteorological data including wind speed, direction, temperature,
humidity, rainfall etc. continuously for one season.
15. Fugitive Emissions, if any.
1.2 Water Environment

16. Baseline data collection for water and waste water quality twice for one season, in an area of 5
KM radius with center of Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) as its center.
17. Details on establishment of baseline underground and surface water quality in the vicinity of 5
km of the area at 8 locations. This baseline should include water quality assessment of available
waters sources of the project site and zone of influence. The baseline should potentially
include parameters such as: Total Nitrate, pH, temperature, Suspended Solids, Chlorides, Zinc, %
Sodium, Oil and Grease, Phenolics, Cyanides, Fluorides, Sulphides, Chromium, Chromium total,
Salinity, DO, COD, BOD, Sulphates, Hardness, Phosphates, Conductivity, Heavy metals (Total
metals, mercury, lead, copper, nickel etc.), TDS, Hydrocarbons and Arsenic.
18. Evaluation of adequacy of the existing pollution control measures to meet the discharge norms.
19. Physical description of surrounding water bodies including creeks and rivers.
20. Detailed water balance, waste water generation and discharge
1.3 Noise Environment

21. Quantify noise and vibration levels to be expected from potential exploratory / development
drilling. Measurement of Noise levels at 10 locations in the KOF, twice for one season.
1.4 Soil Environment

22. Baseline data collection for soil for one season in an area of 5 KM radius with center of Kharsang
Oil Field (KOF) as its center.
23. Details on baseline on the current presence of hydrocarbons and heavy metals in the soils. Soil
sample analysis (physical and chemical properties) at 10 locations in KOF.
24. The baseline should potentially include parameters such as: bulk density, salinity, porosity,
texture class, silt, clay, sand, Ph, EC, Sodium, Potassium, Nitrogen, Magnesium, Phosphorous,
SAR, WHC, Iron, Copper, Zinc, Manganese, Nickel etc.
2. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
2.1 Demographic Environment

25. Details on demography status in the study area: data on population, population density,
population trends, sex ratio, scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, literacy etc. shall be collected
from the published sources.
2.2 Land Environment
26. Land use of the proposed study area as well as the project area – notified industrial area,
residential/ institutional/nearest village/ township/ locality/ housing society, grazing,
mangroves, no development area, national parks, sanctuary, marches, surface water bodies,
roads, protected areas, agriculture, tourism, etc. based on the satellite imagery.
27. Details of the basic physical environment of the study are. This should include:
• Topography: including degree of slopes, drainage patterns around project site and flood
hazard
• Map outlining the boundaries of area of influence in relation to protected areas,
surrounding villages, roads, etc.
• Geology: description of the characteristics of landform, land surface including exposed
rocks, types of unconsolidated materials sediments, rivers, tributaries, if they can be
determined by field mapping
• Soils: specific soil types, soil fertility, agricultural value.
28. Studies on Terrestrial flora and fauna including the main habitat types with list of species of
flora and fauna and their conservation value, giving particular attention to any species
protected under law
29. Confirmation that there is no National Park / Wildlife Sanctuary in the area.
3. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
30. Details on socio-economic status in the study area: data on
 Employment structure / pattern
 Living standards and infrastructure
 Educational facilities economic conditions
 Drinking water supply
 Post and Telegraph
 Communication
 Approach to villages
 Power Supply
 Prevailing diseases
 Infrastructural & medical facilities shall be collected from the published sources.
Waste Management
31. Determine the nature and volumes of liquid waste (including sewage if applicable), and
wastewater and other sources of runoff to be generated by the entire project.
32. Determine the nature and volumes of solid waste generation, including drilling mud, drill
cuttings etc., collection, segregations, its recycling and reuse, treatment and disposal.
33. Quantify whether any of the solid waste are to be considered hazardous or not.
34. Details on hazardous or toxic chemical material or substance to be used during potential
exploratory / development drilling.
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Anticipated Air Environment Impacts
35. Assessment of impact on air, water, soil, solid/hazardous waste and noise levels resulting out of
drilling and production operations
36. Estimation and computation of air emissions resulting out of drilling and production operations.
37. Atmospheric dispersion modelling using latest state of art dispersion models
38. Anticipated environmental impacts that require specific studies for significance.
Anticipated Noise Environment Impacts
39. Assessment of impact on air, water, soil, solid/hazardous waste and noise levels resulting out of
drilling and production operations
40. Details on noise and vibration levels quantification that is expected from potential
exploratory/development drilling, its associated equipment, vehicular movement and specify
any potential impacts of these on the surrounding environment including human habitation.
41. Proposed mitigation measures for noise pollution during such operations
Anticipated Water Environment Impacts
42. Describe and identify potential impacts on the terrestrial and aquatic fauna and flora of the
study area during drilling and production operations. This would include, where applicable,
forest, river corridors, wetlands, biological corridors, and protected areas.
43. Details on impact of spills and discharge of crude oil in the surrounding areas.
Anticipated Waste Discharge Impacts

44. Details on impacts of drilling waste such as drilling mud, additives (polymers, oxygen
scavengers, biocides, surfactants), lubricants, diesel oil, emulsifying agents, flocculating
agents, etc. and its treatment and disposal options to control the impacts.
45. Evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control measures to meet the air quality
emission standards, water discharge norms, solid/hazardous waste generation and disposal.
46. Identifythe preferred option(s) for waste management/disposal method based on
environmental grounds, including necessary infrastructure. Specify any residual impacts of
waste management, their significance, and any mitigation measures to be undertaken.
47. Proposed measures for treatment and disposal of solid and hazardous waste
48. Storage of chemicals at site, proposed preventive measures for spillage and accident
49. Disposal of packaging waste from the site
General Environmental Impacts
50. Details on environmental impacts of the decommissioning of oil and gas installations/rig,
drill cuttings, etc.
51. Describe mitigation measures including an EMP which is to be implemented to reduce or
offset the adverse impacts of potential exploratory /development drilling. Also, include
measures to be taken during decommissioning phase.
52. Identify mitigation measures to reduce or limit the potential impact on the surrounding
environment and zone of influence (humans and wildlife).
53. Details of proposed occupational health and safety surveillance programme for the employees
and workers
Analysis of alternative resources and technologies
54. Evaluate options for the provision of suitable access for each of the components of the
exploration and development phase.
55. Select preferred option for the provision for exploration and development phase components.
This may need to examine construction materials (types, sources, volumes, transportation) and
methods in relation to their environmental impacts.
56. Evaluate alternative options for meeting project needs. For these options, it may be necessary to
investigate:
 fuel storage (where relevant)
 transportation (where relevant)
 health and safety
 significance of any pollution that may result from energy generation; and
 mitigation measures
57. Evaluate alternative options for the collection, treatment, recycling (if appropriate), and disposal
of the wastes. Identify any chemicals planned for use in the treatment or management of these
wastes.
Environmental Monitoring Program
58. Details on environmental monitoring program during drilling and production operations.
59. Identify and develop a water quality monitoring program able to detect any change in
groundwater or surface water quality that could impact:
• Public health
• Forest, wetland and adjacent aquatic habitats; and
• Flora and Fauna (including endangered or threatened species) in project area and zone
of influence.
60. Develop and Implement an air quality monitoring programme to monitor the release of toxic
emission in particular SO2, CO and NO2 and their potential impacts on Public Health, wildlife
health and environment.
61. Restoration and Decommissioning plans which shall include mud pits and wastage restoration
also and documentation and monitoring of site recovery.
62. Post project closure, Environment Monitoring Programme for minimum 10 years.
Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
63. Details on risk assessment including identification of hazards, consequence analysis, proposed
measures, disaster management plan, contingency plan, and emergency response plan, etc.
Additional Studies
64. Details on existing socio-economic conditions, giving a brief overview of the socio- economic
background to the study area, including population, employment and travel patterns.
65. Identify patterns of land use within the corridor of the proposed route and record these on a
map with annotation.
66. Consult with relevant local stakeholders (village councils, local community, and local NGOs)
within the direct project area, to identify their economic, environmental and social concerns
about the proposal.
67. Public Interest - Report on the views and concerns of directly affected communities, local NGOs
and relevant government departments/agencies regarding the development of the project.
Environmental Management Plan
68. Details on compliance verification of the emissions of the environmental components (such
as emissions limits, discharge limits, noise limits, odor, etc.) with the national/ international
standards.
69. Description of the pertinent regulations, standards and policies, at the local and national
levels governing environmental quality, health, safety and protection of sensitive areas.
These could include cultural resources, protection of endangered or threatened species,
infrastructure development and land use control that may have an impact on the proposed
development.
70. Identify emergency preparation, suitable guidelines and applicable management measures
for the proposed activities on the following aspects:
• Fuel storage and handling
• Oil spills
• Liquid and solid waste disposal
• Flaring during testing of well
• Abandonment of well
• Rig dismantling and site restoration
• Fires
• Noise control
• Blow out plan
• Hydrogen sulfide safety (including other types of gases)
• Employee training
PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT
CHAPTER - 1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project Identification and The Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) is located in the state of Arunachal Pradesh,
Background about 50 Km east of Digboi Refinery and is part of the Assam-Arakan Basin.
The field was discovered in 1975 by M/s Oil India Ltd. (OIL) and was put into
regular production in 1983. In 1995, Government of India awarded the
Kharsang Field to a Consortium comprising of the following partners under a
25 years Production Sharing Contract (PSC) dated 16th June, 1995,
 Oil India Limited (40%)
 Geopetrol International Inc (25%)
 Jubilant Energy Pvt. Ltd. (25%)
 GeoEnpro Petroleum Ltd. (10%)
GeoEnpro was designated as the Operator of the KOF. Petroleum Mining

Lease (PML) was executed between Government of Arunachal Pradesh (GoAP)
& JV Consortium on 21.10.1997 effective from 16.06.1995 for a period of 20
years (extension of the same has already been applied and currently under
process). KOF has a total Mining Lease area of 11 Sq.Km.
MOEF vide letter no. F.No. J-11011 /389/2006-IA II (I), dated November 15,
2007 granted the EC for drilling of 40 wells. After obtaining the EC in 2007,
the consortium has drilled 29 development wells till date, under different
drilling phases, at the Kharsang Oil Field out of the 40 wells for which EC was
granted.
At present, total well count at Kharsang Oil Field is 70 wells and present crude
oil production is around 1500 BOPD and gas production of around 50,000
m3/day.
Brief Description of the To further augment the oil and gas production from the field and test the
Project deeper prospects, Tipam and Barail, GeoEnpro plan to carry out the below
activities,
 Development Well Drilling: To drill additional 40 Development wells, in a

phased manner, within the KOF over the coming years so as to further
increase the field oil and gas productivity.
 Exploratory / Appraisal Well Drilling: To drill 5 Exploratory / Appraisal

wells to target deeper prospects within the KOF. Upon successful
discovery and establishing commercial viability in deeper prospects
production operations shall be carried out in these wells.
S.No. Parameters Description
Total well count at KOF is 70 wells and present production rate of oil and gas
1. Existing capacity
is around 1500 BOPD and 50,000 m3/day respectively.
2. Area KOF has a total Mining Lease Area of 11 Sq.Km.

3. Location KOF is located in Changlang District of Arunachal Pradesh having below co-
ordinates,
Point Latitude Longitude
A 27° 24' 31" 96° 01' 13"
B 27° 24' 31" 96° 03' 22"
C 27° 23' 01" 96° 03' 22"
D 27° 23' 01" 96° 01' 13"
4 Need of Project With the proposed activities at KOF, present crude oil production is expected
to enhance substantially which would contribute to the domestic oil
production and help in reducing the import dependency of India for crude oil
to meet the growing energy demand
5 Water Water from the nearby river will be drawn during drilling activities. Estimated
Requirement & quantity shall be around 50 M3/day.
source
6 Waste Generation Presently, waste generated from the KOF is mainly in the form of formation
& Treatment water and minor sludge. An Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with treating
capacity of 200 KLPD for treatment of formation water is already operational
in KOF to achieve permissible limit for disposal as per State Pollution Control
Board norms. The oil sludge is collected in a concrete sludge storage facility at
a centralized location and is disposed of to an authorized and licensed
recycler.
7 Power Supply and Power requirement would be met from the existing Power House at KOF. At
Source present, KOF is equipped with 3 gas fired gensets (1 x 450 KVA and 2 x 180
KVA) and one diesel fired genset (1 x 170 KVA) to meet the power
requirement at site.
8 Site Connectivity KOF is well connected with all means of transportation. Nearest Railway
Station is Ledo (around 40 Km); nearest airport is Dibrugarh (around 120 Km)
and NH-38 at around 15-20 Km
9 Existing Existing Infrastructure at KOF includes, OCS, CTTF, Effluent Treatment Plant
Infrastructure (ETP), Power House, Occupational Health Centre (OHC), Fire Station, Housing
Complex for staff / employees
10 Alternative Site No alternate site is considered as operations are proposed to be carried out
within the KOF.
11 Raw Material For carrying out the proposed activities, drilling related services like charter
Required hired drilling rig, cementing, logging services etc. would be required for which
respective contractor companies would be engaged.
12 Land Form, Land Out of the total Mining Lease area of 1100 hectares, around 136 hectares of
Use and Land land has already been diversified. Some of the proposed wells shall be drilled
Ownership from the already diversified area (136 Hectares) within the KOF Mining lease
area.
An application for Diversion of Forest land (94.712 Hectares), for non-forest
purposes, for drilling of new/additional wells within the Kharsang Mining
Lease Area for seeking diversion of forest land under the Forest Conservation
Act, 1980 has been submitted on May 26, 2014 and presently, is under
examination.
13 Financial and Social Additional production of crude oil will not only save the foreign exchange but
Benefit also benefit the State Government with enhanced royalty payment and
Central Government with increased Cess payment. CSR activities would be
carried out by the company for betterment of the local people of the region.
14 Conclusion GeoEnpro proposes to carry out drilling of 40 Development and 5 Exploratory
/ Appraisal wells at Kharsang Oil Field to augment the oil and gas production
from the field. Increased production of oil and gas will not only help the
country in securing the energy demand but also will generate direct and in-
direct opportunities for the locals and help in economic up-liftment of the
local people of the region. The company will adopt all the measures through
pollution control equipment, Environment management plan & Disaster
Management Plan to prevent harm and damage to environment with the
expansion / enhanced production from the field.
CHAPTER - 2
INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT / BACKGROUND INFORMATION
2.1 Identification of project and project proponent
The Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) is located in the state of Arunachal Pradesh, about 50 Km east of
Digboi Refinery and is part of the Assam-Arakan Basin. The field was discovered in 1975 by M/s
Oil India Ltd. (OIL) and was put into regular production in 1983. Oil India drilled a total of 36 wells
till 1995 and the total production was around 265 Barrels of Oil per day (BOPD) as of 1995.
In 1995, for further development of the field, Government of India (GOI) awarded the Kharsang
Oil Field to a Consortium comprising of the following partners under a Production Sharing
Contract (PSC) dated 16th June, 1995,
Consortium Members Participating Interest (PI)
• GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited (Operator) 10%

• Enpro India Limited (Presently Jubilant Energy) 25%
• Geopetrol International Inc. & 25%
• Oil India Limited 40%
The GOI entered into twenty-five years PSC with the consortium, with an extension provision of
further 10 years. GeoEnpro was designated as the Operator of the Kharsang Oil Field. KOF has a
total Mining Lease area of 11 Sq.Km. and is rectangular in shape admeasuring nearly 3.8 Km in E-
W direction and 2.9 Km in N-S direction. Petroleum Mining Lease (PML) was executed between
Government of Arunachal Pradesh (GoAP) & JV Consortium on 21.10.1997 effective from
16.06.1995 for a period of 20 years.
As part of its offer to further develop and enhance the production from the Field, the consortium
had agreed to drill additional development wells. In 1996, GeoEnpro had engaged National
Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI) to carry out Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) study for carrying out work-over operations in the existing 36 wells and for
drilling of 10 new development wells for enhancing oil and gas production from the KOF. The
same was submitted to Government of Arunachal Pradesh (GoAP) for obtaining No Objection
Certificate (NOC). Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APSPCB) after conducting the
public hearing granted the No Objection Certificate (NOC) vide letter no. FOR.141/CONS/91/P-II
dated 09/11/1998.
Subsequently, the consortium applied for Environmental Clearance (EC) on March 15, 1999 to
MOEF for carrying out the drilling of 5 development wells and workover operations. MOEF vide
its letter dated September 15, 1999, informed the consortium that considering that the total cost
of the project is less than threshold limit (Rs. 50 Crore), the proposed drilling operations and work
over activity project does not fall under preview of EIA notification and hence the Environmental
Clearance is not required under EIA notification of 1994. Accordingly, GeoEnpro drilled 5
development wells during the period February 2005 to December 2005.
To further augment the oil and gas production from the field, the consortium had applied for
Environmental Clearance (EC), as per EIA Notification 2006, on November 01, 2006 to MOEF for
carrying out drilling of 40 development wells. MOEF vide letter no. F.No. J-11011 /389/2006-IA II
(I), dated November 15, 2007 granted the EC for drilling of 40 wells. After obtaining the EC in
2007, the consortium has drilled 29 development wells till date, under different drilling phases, at
the Kharsang Oil Field out of the 40 wells for which EC was granted.
At present, total well count at Kharsang Oil Field is 70 wells and present crude oil production is
around 1500 BOPD. The quantity of crude oil produced from the field is dispatched to Digboi
refinery of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. by road tankers / bowsers. Along with the crude oil, around
70-80 KL/day of formation water and around 50,000 m3/day of gas is being produced from the
field. Associated gas so produced along with the crude oil from the field is used for meeting
power and steam as well as domestic fuel requirement at camp facilities and some unused gas
quantity is being flared. Produced formation water is treated in the existing Effluent Treatment
Plant (ETP), with treating capacity of 200 KLPD, to achieve permissible limit for disposal as per
State Pollution Control Board norms.
The Kharsang Field covers partly hilly jungle region at an elevation of approximately 200 m above
sea level. Hydrocarbon accumulation has been found in Namsang, Girujan, Tipam and Barail
Formation in the upper Assam sedimentary basin.
GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited (GEPL) is an Indian registered company and is a 50-50 joint venture
between Jubilant Enpro Limited and Geopetrol Mauritius Ltd. Jubilant Enpro is rapidly growing
company involved in, among other activities, oil and gas exploration and production. Geopetrol is
an oil and gas Exploration and Production (E&P) company with operations in France, Vietnam,
and India.
GEPL was established in early 1995 to carry out oil and gas E&P business in India, when the
Government of India (GOI) decided to invite private participation in oil and gas E&P business for
infusing foreign technology and private investment. GEPL became one of the first private
companies to enter into a PSC, along with other consortium partners, on June 16, 1995 with GOI
for expansion of oil and gas activities at KOF in Arunachal Pradesh. At present, GEPL is active only
at KOF project with Head Office at Noida and a full-fledged camp office at KOF operational area.
2.2 Brief Description of the nature of project
To further augment the oil and gas production from the field and test the deeper prospects,
Tipam and Barail, GeoEnpro plan to carry out the below activities,
 Development Well Drilling: GeoEnpro plan to drill additional 40 Development wells, in a

phased manner, within the KOF over the coming years so as to further increase the field oil
and gas productivity. Significant hydrocarbon reserves are anticipated with the drilling of
these wells. Existing production facilities at KOF are adequate to accommodate the expected
increase in production from the drilling of these new wells.
 Exploratory / Appraisal Well Drilling: GeoEnpro plan to drill 5 Exploratory / Appraisal wells
to target deeper prospects within the KOF. Upon successful discovery and establishing
commercial viability in deeper prospects production operations shall be carried out in these
wells.
2.3 Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region
India is a crude oil deficit country and to meet its growing energy demand, around 75%-80% of
crude oil is being imported from oil rich countries. With the drilling of proposed development
wells at KOF, present crude oil production is expected to enhance substantially which would
contribute in attaining the energy security for the nation and help in reducing the import
dependency of India for crude oil to meet the growing energy demand.
The increased production would generate additional revenue for the State Government as well as
the Central Government by way of payments on account of royalty, cess, taxation and profit
petroleum. This will also assist in the economic development of this less developed area of
Arunachal Pradesh by means of generating direct and indirect employment opportunities for the
local people of the region.
2.4 Demand-Supply Gap
India was the fourth-largest consumer and fourth-largest net importer of crude oil and petroleum
products in the world in 2013, after the United States, China, and Japan. The country depends
heavily on imported crude oil, mostly from the Middle East.
The gap etwee I dia s oil de a d a d suppl is wide i g, as de a d rea hed earl 3.7
million barrels per day (bbl/d) in 2013 compared to less than 1 million bbl/d of total liquids
produ tio . The E erg I for atio Ad i istratio EIA proje ts I dia s de a d will ore tha
double to 8.2 million bbl/d by 2040, while domestic production will remain relatively flat,
hovering around 1 million bbl/d.
2.5 Import vs. Indigenous production
I dia s i petus is o to i rease the i dige ous produ tio of oil a d gas so as to eet the
growing demand of the country. We are presently importing around 75%-80% of our crude oil
requirement, which results in heafty import bills. Increase in domestic production of crude oil will
surely help in securing our energy demand and also, it would save on the huge import bills.
2.6 Export Possibility
India is an energy deficit country, as such all indigenous oil and gas production is consumed
domestically. Crude Oil production from Kharsang Oil Field is being sent to IOCL refinery at
Digboi.
2.7 Domestic / Export Market
At present, crude oil being produced at Kharsang Oil Field is being sent to IOCL refinery at Digboi
and after completion of the proposed drilling activities, the enhanced crude oil production would
also be sent to IOCL refinery, Digboi.
2.8 Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project
Proposed activities shall assist in the economic development of this less developed area of
Arunachal Pradesh and will help in generating direct and indirect employment opportunities for
the local people of the region.
CHAPTER - 3
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.0 Type of the Project
To augment the oil and gas production from the Kharsang Oil Field, GeoEnpro Petroleum
Limited (GEPL) is proposing to carry out below activities,
 Development Well Drilling: To drill additional 40 Development wells, in a phased

manner, within the KOF.
 Exploratory / Appraisal Well Drilling: To drill 5 Exploratory / Appraisal wells to target

deeper prospects within the KOF. Upon successful discovery and establishing commercial
viability in deeper prospects production operations shall be carried out in these wells.
The proposed activities are planned to be carried out in phases commencing from FY 2014-
15 onwards. The project cost is estimated to be around 720 Crores to be incurred in different
phases over the execution schedule of the above activities.
3.1 Location with Co-ordinates
Kharsang Oil Field (KOF) is located in the Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh. The total
lease area of KOF is 11 Sq.Km. but the present operations are largely restricted in essentially
northern central area. KOF is rectangular mining lease area and bounded as follows,
O the North Poi ts A a d B

O the South Poi ts C a d D
O the East Poi ts B a d C
O the West Poi ts A a d D
Whereas the coordinates of Points A, B, C & D are as follow:

Point Latitude Longitude
A 27° 24' 31" 96° 01' 13"
B 27° 24' 31" 96° 03' 22"
C 27° 23' 01" 96° 03' 22"
D 27° 23' 01" 96° 01' 13"
KOF has a length in east-west direction of nearly 3.8 Km and a width in north-south direction
of nearly 2.8 Km. KOF can be easily approached by road from Dibrugarh in Assam and is
located at a distance of nearly 120 Km from Dibrugarh.
Location map showing general location of the Kharsang Oil Field along with project
boundary, project site layout with co-ordinates is as below,
Kharsang Oil Field: Location Map
3.2 Details of alternate sites considered
No alternate site is considered as operations are proposed to be carried out within the
existing Kharsang Oil Field area.
3.3 Size or magnitude of operation
It is proposed to drill 40 development and 5 exploratory/appraisal wells within the Kharsang

Oil Field to enhance the oil and gas production.
3.4 Process Description
Flow diagram showcasing the steps involved from drilling of wells to putting the wells on
production is as below,
Development Well Drilling
Drilling (Development wells)

Vertical / Directional
Formation Evaluation
Logging/Measurement Open Hole Logging
Hole section wise
While Drilling
(As & when required)
Formation Testing
Casing & Cementation

(Hole Section Wise)
Coring (side wall or
conventional)
Cased Hole Logging
(Hole Section Wise)
Drill Cutting Analyses
Perforation
(Gun Type)
Production Testing
Put on Production if
commercially viable
or abandoned* if
tested dry
*Well may be abandoned considering various drilling and sub-surface hazards also
Exploratory Well Drilling
Drilling (Exploratory wells)

Vertical / Directional
Formation Evaluation
Logging/Measurement Open Hole Logging
Hole section wise
While Drilling
(As & when required)
Formation Testing
Casing & Cementation
(Hole Section Wise)
Coring (side wall or
conventional)
Cased Hole Logging
(Hole Section Wise)
Drill Cutting Analyses
Perforation
(Gun Type)
Production Testing
If tested for oil/gas, If tested dry, abandon

declare discovery the well
Drill Appraisal well to

delineate the reservoir
If commercially viable develop and

produce the discovery
3.5 Raw Material required
For carrying out the proposed activities, drilling related services like charter hired drilling rig,
cementing, logging services etc. would be required for which respective contractor
companies would be engaged.
Other production equipment like Tubular (casing and tubing), wellhead assembly, packer
etc. and chemicals for mud and cementing required for the drilling operations shall be
procured by the company before the commencement of the operations.
3.6 Resource optimization/recycling and reuse envisaged in the project
All drilling related services shall be utilized for drilling of all the wells in a particular phase.
Also, any leftover drilling mud would be utilized for drilling of subsequent wells.
3.7 Availability of water its sources, Energy/power requirement
Facilities available at KOF complex for utilities, occupational health and safety etc. are
discussed as below,
1. Water Supply: Water supply requirement is met through a full-fledged water supply
system to meet the needs of process, housing and workers camp facility. Source of water
is Namphuk River which has water throughout the year. Water is chlorinated for
domestic use.
2. Power Generation: Power requirement at KOF for carrying out the operations and for
domestic use is being met by in-house power generation. At present, KOF is equipped
with 3 gas fired gensets (1 x 450 KVA and 2 x 180 KVA) and one diesel fired genset (1 x
170 KVA). To meet the regular operational demand for power, 450 KVA gas genset is
operated for about 11 to 12 hrs and then switched over to 180 KVA gas gensets – 2
gensets run simultaneously in fully synchronized mode for balance period of the day.
Also, GeoEnpro has recently purchased a 500 KVA gas fired genset to meet the power
requirement at the site and it is planned to be commissioned in next couple of months.
3.8 Quantity of Waste to be generated
Presently waste generated from the oil field is mainly in the form of formation water and
minor sludge. An Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with treating capacity of 200 KLPD for
treatment of formation water is operational at KOF to achieve permissible limit for disposal
as per State Pollution Control Board norms. The oil sludge is collected in a concrete sludge
storage facility at a centralized location and is disposed of to authorized and licensed
recycler.
Presently formation water is generated @ about 70-80 KL per day and with the project
expansion it is likely to go up in stages which can be treated in the existing ETP. However, if
needed all necessary arrangements will be made to enhance plant capacity/ create new
plants to treat the enhanced formation water production to permissible limits before
disposal of treated water. Presently, oil sludge production is about 120-130 Metric tonnes
p.a. and is likely to go up with increase in production which will be disposed of to the
authorized recycler.
CHAPTER - 4
SITE ANALYSIS
4.1 Connectivity: The Kharsang Oil Field is located in Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh.
The nearest towns are Margherita and Miao. Miao is around 25 Kms and Digboi is around
60km from Kharsang. The nearest Indian Rail head is Ledo (approx. 40 kms) which is
connected by Broad Gauge Service. The nearest local airport is Dibrugarh, 120 km from
Kharsang. The nearest port to disembark is Kolkata.
Changlang district consists of south eastern part of Arunachal Pradesh with Tirap District of
Arunachal Pradesh and Tinsukia District of Assam towards west, Lohit District of Arunachal
Pradesh towards north and Myanmar towards east and south. Kharsang is located at the
centeral-western part of Changlang District at a distance of nearly 5.5 Km from Assam
border (Namchik Gate). Kharsang is well connected by road to Dibrugarh via Margharita,
Digboi and Tinsukia towns in Assam.
4.2 Land Form, Land Use and Land Ownership: Kharsang Oil Field has a total Mining Lease Area
of 11 Sq.Km. Petroleum Mining Lease (PML) was executed between Government of
Arunachal Pradesh (GoAP) & JV Consortium on 21.10.1997 effective from 16.06.1995 for a
period of 20 years. Out of the total Mining Lease area of 1100 hectares, around 136 hectares
of land has already been diversified. Some of the proposed wells shall be drilled from the
already diversified area (136 Hectares) within the KOF Mining lease area and for remaining
approval for diversion of forest land shall be taken under of the Forest Conservation Act
1980.
4.3 Topography: KOF and surrounding area especially in eastern and southern direction are
covered with dense mixed jungle (Namchik Reserved Forest). The area is rich in flora and
fauna with scenic beauty of hilly terrain interspersed with lush green valleys in between.
Highest peak (495 m) within KOF area is located at a distance of nearly 1 km from centre of
the KOF in southern direction. District headquarters town Changlang is located at a distance
of nearly 58 Km in south-west direction from KOF and can be approached through
Margherita in Tinsukia District of Assam. The area does not have any ecologically and / or
otherwise sensitive area or places of religious, historical or tourist importance.
Nearly 60 percent of southern part of KOF area is covered by dense mixed forest which
extends further towards south and east directions of KOF. Namphuk Hka (river) flows just
north of KOF essentially from east to west direction and touches central portion of the
northern boundary of KOF. Haithong Wa, Longkhung Wa and Tingtai Wa (nullah) are the
important nullahs flowing essentially from south to north direction and discharge in
Namphuk Hka. Drainage of most of KOF is generally from south to north. The general nature
of the southern half of the KOF appears as mountainous dense mixed forest without any
patches of arable land and habitation. However, northern half of the KOF falling in Namphuk
and Kharsang river valley has thinly populated villages with patches of arable land and
habitation.
Kharsang Toposheet
4.4 Existing land use pattern: Kharsang Oil Field has a total Mining Lease Area of 11 Sq.Km. Out
of the total Mining Lease area of 1100 hectares, around 136 hectares of land has already
been diversified. Some of the proposed wells shall be drilled from the already diversified
area (136 Hectares) within the KOF area and for remaining diversion of forest land shall be
taken under the Forest Conservation Act 1980.
Further, an application for Diversion of Forest land (94.712 Hectares), for non-forest
purposes, for drilling of new/additional wells within the Kharsang Mining Lease Area for
seeking diversion of forest land under the Forest Conservation Act, 1980 was submitted on
May 26, 2014 and presently, is under examination.
4.5 Existing Infrastructure: Following infrastructure / facilities are available and operational at
Kharsang Oil Field,
1. Oil Collecting Station (OCS)

The crude oil being produced from the wells flows through the flowline to the existing
OCS where it is treated to separate oil, water and gas. The wells of low pressure are
being collected in the group tanks (GT). From there they are despatched to OCS. The Self
Flow wells of sufficient pressure are received directly at OCS. All the well fluids are
received at OCS via the header (manifold). Separate processing streams for High Wax
and Low Wax crude are used. The treated crude oil from the OCS is then pumped
through electric pumps to the Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF).
2. Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF)

The CTTF has six number of fixed roof type crude oil storage tanks with capacity of 795
Kls each. The volumes in tanks are measured by traditional dip method. The crude oil is
loaded in tankers (in the bowser loading point) by electric pumps. There is an additional
diesel pump in case of power failure while bowser loading.
3. Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Presently, KOF has an operational Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with treating capacity
of 200 KLPD for treatment of formation water to achieve permissible limit for disposal as
per State Pollution Control Board norms. The oil sludge is collected in a concrete sludge
storage facility at a centralized location and is disposed of to authorized and licensed
recycler. Parameters like pH, temperature, salinity, oil and grease are monitored on daily
basis.
4. Environmental Management Laboratory

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) has been set up with the team comprising of
HSE Officer/ Civil Engineer /Petroleum Engineer to monitor Ambient Air, water and
noise. A well-equipped Environmental Laboratory has been set up at Kharsang Oil Field,
having the facility to monitor ambient air, water and noise.
5. Housing Complex: KOF has a well-established housing complex to provide
accommodation to the company employees and contractors during the operations. The
housing complex provides dining and recreation facilities to the employees. The complex
can provide accommodation to around 220 people.
6. Fire Service Station: KOF has a dedicated fire service department with dedicated and
experienced team equipped with one water foam fire tender to timely attend and
handle fire call / wild fire. Drenching facility and foam pouring arrangement has been
made for Oil Collecting Station (OCS) and Custody Transfer Tank Farm (CTTF) tanks. An
integrated water pipeline runs throughout oil installations and housing area supported
by drenching pumps to pressurize the pipeline with water for drenching.
7. Occupational Health Centre: KOF has a well-equipped Occupational Health Centre (OHC)
with qualified and dedicated Doctors to provide medical facilities. It is supported by
Ambulance facility for needy during emergency situations. Free Health Check-up camps
are organized and free medicines are provided to needy local people.
4.6 Soil Classification: KOF area belongs to eastern Himalayan foothills, warm and humid to per
humid ecoregion with brown and red forest and podozolic soils which are relatively infertile
and difficult to cultivate.
4.7 Climatic Conditions: KOF is located at an Elevation of around 200 M above Mean Sea Level
(MSL) and with moderate climatic conditions. Temperature at Kharsang is moderate with
ambient temperature in the range of minimum 9 Degree C and maximum 30 Degree C.
4.8 Social Infrastructure available:
Kharsang Oil Field has a well-established housing complex for stay of the company staff and
employees. The complex can provide accommodation to around 220 people. Recreational
facilities like, DTH/TV, Gym, Outdoor sports etc. are available at site for company
staff/employees.
CHAPTER - 5
PLANNING BRIEF
5.1 Planning concept (type of industries, facilities, transportation etc.) Town and Country
Planning/Development Authority Classification
There is a wide gap between the demand and supply of the oil and gas in our country.
Indigenous crude oil and gas production is not sufficient to meet the growing demand for the
energy. To meet the ever growing energy demand, India is currently importing around 75%-80%
of crude oil from oil rich countries.
Kharsang Oil Field is located at Changlang District, Arunachal Pradesh and is presently
contributing around 1500 BOPD to the domestic production and with further drilling of
development and exploratory wells, the production is expected to increase significantly, which
will help in reducing the import dependency of crude oil and save the precious foreign
exchange.
5.2 Population Projection
Kharsang town is around 3 to 4 Km from the Kharsang Oil Field and the total population of the
town is around 5000. Kharsang Oil Field has a well-established housing complex to provide
accommodation to the company employees and contractor during the operations.
Co tra tor s e plo ees e gaged duri g the operatio s will sta at the housi g o ple of the
company on temporary basis and shall leave upon completion of the operations. As such, no
major population projection is estimated after completion of the activities.
5.3 Land use Planning
Out of the total Mining Lease area of 1100 hectares, around 136 hectares of land has been
diversified. Some of the proposed wells shall be drilled from the already diversified area (136
Hectares) within the KOF Mining lease area and for remaining diversion of forest land shall be
taken under the Forest Conservation Act 1980.
An application for Diversion of Forest land (94.712 Hectares), for non-forest purposes, for
drilling of new/additional wells within the KOF Area for seeking approval diversion of forest land
under the Forest Conservation Act, 1980 was submitted on May 26, 2014 and presently, is
under examination.
5.4 Assessment of Infrastructure Demand
Necessary infrastructure to carry out the proposed activities already exists at Kharsang Oil Field.
The Kharsang Oil Field is well equipped with the below,
 Oil Collecting Station (OCS)
 Custody Transfer Tank Farm
 Effluent Treatment Plant (treating capacity of 200 KLPD)
 Power House to meet the power demand of the site
 Fire Station equipped with water foam fire tender
 Occupational Health Centre equipped with experience Doctor and medical staff
 Housing Complex
 Environment lab
5.5 Amenities / Facilities
Kharsang Oil Field has the following amenities / facilities for staff / employees,
 Housing facility – spacious rooms with attached bathrooms

 Dining Facility
 Laundry service
 Recreation Facility - DTH, TV, Games, Gym etc.
 Communication network (internet and phone service)
 Drinking water facility
 Transportation facility – to and fro from site
CHAPTER - 6
PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE
6.1 Industrial Area (Processing Area)
Necessary processing facility for crude oil and gas production already exist at Kharsang Oil
Field. Apart from pipelines to hook-up the new wells to existing processing facilities, no
additional infrastructure is proposed.
6.2 Residential Area (Non Processing Area)
Residential areas for the company staff/ employees already exists Kharsang Oil Field.
6.3 Green Belt
Kharsang Oil field is situated in a reserve forest area. Most of the activities are sub surface in
nature and will not have any impact on the surface surrounding area.
6.4 Social Infrastructure
GeoEnpro carry out various CSR activities for the benefit and betterment of the local people,
like providing free medical facilities through the medical Health Centre at Kharsang, Fire
tender services to address forest fire / local fire calls, drinking water through ring wells,
furniture and books for the schools, scholarships for the needy and deserving students,
public facilities / infrastructure development etc. The Company plan to contribute in the
below sectors as part of its CSR activities,
 Education
 Health
 Public Facilities / Infrastructure
 Environment
 Festival and other celebrations
 Sports
6.5 Connectivity
Kharsang Oil Field is well connected with all means of the transport.
Railway Station: The nearest Indian Rail head is Ledo (approx. 40 kms) which is connected by
Broad Gauge Service
Airport: The nearest local airport is Dibrugarh, 120 km from Kharsang
Highway: NH-38 at a distance of around 15-20 Km

6.6 Drinking Water Management
Water supply requirement is met through a full-fledged water supply system to meet the
needs of process, housing and workers camp facility. Source of water is Namphuk River
which has water throughout the year. Water is chlorinated for domestic use.
6.7 Sewerage System
Waste generated will be discharged in existing septic tanks in the existing housing complex
6.8 Industrial Waste Management
Industrial waste shall be treated in the existing Effluent Treatment Plant and other facilities
at Kharsang Oil Field.
6.9 Solid Waste Management
Presently waste generated from the oil field is mainly in the form of formation water and
minor sludge. We have presently an operational Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) with
treating capacity of 200 KLPD for treatment of formation water to achieve permissible limit
for disposal as per State Pollution Control Board norms. The oil sludge is collected in a
concrete sludge storage facility at a centralized location and is disposed of to authorized and
licensed recycler.
6.10 Power Requirement & Supply / Source
Power requirement at KOF for carrying out the operations and for domestic use is being met
by in-house power generation. We are presently utilizing natural gas produced from the field
for domestic consumption and power generation. At present, KOF is equipped with 3 gas
fired gensets (1 x 450 KVA and 2 x 180 KVA) and one diesel fired genset (1 x 170 KVA). To
meet the regular operational demand for power, 450 KVA gas genset is operated for about
11 to 12 hrs and then switched over to 180 KVA gas gensets – 2 gensets run simultaneously
in fully synchronized mode for balance period of the day.
Also, GeoEnpro has recently purchased a 500 KVA gas fired genset to meet the power
requirement at the site and it is planned to be commissioned in next couple of months.
CHAPTER - 7
REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN
7.1 Proposed development and exploratory / appraisal well drilling locations and approach roads
are devoid of population as the same form part of the Namchik Reserve Forest area and fall
under the Kharsang Mining Lease area, hence no R&R plan is applicable.
CHAPTER - 8
PROJECT SCHEDULE & COST ESTIMATES
8.1 The tentative schedule for the proposed drilling 40 development wells and 5 exploratory /
appraisal wells at Kharsang Oil Field to be carried out in phases is as below,
Activity Quantity Period

Drilling of Development wells 2 FY 2014-15
Drilling of Development wells 23 FY 2015-16 to FY 2016-17
Drilling of Exploratory / 5 FY 2015-16 to FY 2019-20
Appraisal wells
Drilling of Development wells 15 FY 2017-18 to FY 2022-23
It, may, however be noted that the exact drilling programme for drilling of the above proposed
wells shall depend on the approvals from the Central / State Government.
Total cost of the project is estimated to be around 720 Crores.

CHAPTER - 9
ANALYSIS OF PROPOSAL (FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)
GeoEnpro propose to carry out drilling of 40 Development and 5 Exploratory / Appraisal wells at
Kharsang Oil Field to augment the oil and gas production from the field. Increased production of oil
and gas will not only help the country in securing the energy demand but also will generate direct
and in-direct opportunities for the locals and help in economic up-liftment of the local people of the
region.
Financial Benefits: Additional production of crude oil will not only save the foreign exchange but
also benefit the State Government with enhanced royalty payment and Central Government with
increased Cess payment.
Social Benefit: With carrying out of the proposed activities at the Kharsang Oil Field and increase in
the production of crude oil, it would result in generation of direct and in-direct employment
opportunities. The company has carried out many CSR activities in the past for betterment of the
local and needy people of the region in terms of providing free medical facilities through the medical
Health Centre at Kharsang, Fire tender services to address forest fire / local fire calls, drinking water
through ring wells, furniture and books for the schools, scholarships for the needy and deserving
students, public facilities / infrastructure development etc. The Company plan to contribute in the
below sectors in the future as part of its CSR activities,
 Education
 Health
 Public Facilities / Infrastructure
 Environment
 Festival and other celebrations
 Sports
A N N EX U R E - I II
COPY OF
A PP L IC A T IO N FO R
FO R EST D IV E R SIO N
FO R PR O P O SE D
PR O J EC T
ｾＭﾷ＠ - ＭＭＭｾ＠ b.
, .. .· ---- %\- ..
ｇ･ｯｅｮｾｲｯ＠ Production Sharing Contract Kharsang
ｾｩｊｴｩｾＯ＠
May 27, 2014
Ref.: GEPL/ CCF/2014/01
To
The Chief Conservator of Forests (Cons) & Nodal Officer

Office of the PCCF
Government of Arunachal Pradesh
Itanagar
Sub.: Application for diversion of forest land (94.712 Hectares) for non-forest purposes (consisting of 27
new locations for drilling of wells, necessary production facilities and civil infrastructure, identified
within the Kharsang PML Area for ongoing and futu re petroleum operation activities) for seeking prior
approval under section 2 of the Forest Conservation Act, 1980.
Dear Sir,
'
We would like to apprise that the Kharsang field was awarded by the Government of India (GOI) to a
Consortium comprising GeoEnpro Petroleum Limited, Enpro India Limited (Presently Jubilant Energy),
Geopetrol International Inc. and Oil India Limited under a 25 years Production Sharing Contract (PSC} dated
16.06.1995. Petroleum Mining Lease (PML) was executed between GoAP (Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh) &
PSC Consortium over an area of 11 Sq .Km . on 21.10.1997 effective from 16.6.1995 for a period of 20 years
with provision of extension not exceeding 35 years in accordance with PSC.
Considering effective date of 16.06.1995, the PML for Kharsang Field is valid till 15.06.2015 and for re-grant
of the same, an application has been submitted to The Secretary (Mines), Department of Geology and
Mining, Government of Arunachal Pradesh on May 26, 2014. (Copy of the acknowledgement of the same
is enclosed as Annexure - VI}
It is proposed to further carry out drilling of new wells, install necessary production facilities and civil
infrastructure, identified within the Kharsang PML Area for ongoing and future petroleum operat ion
activities in relat}on t o 27 identified locations. In this regard, please find enclosed five sets of application
form filled up as per Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003 under the Forest (Conservation) Rules 1981 for
diversion of the Forest land for non-forest purposes.
We would request you to kindly consider our proposal and accord the forest clea rance for the pro posed
land as early as possible. Trust you will find our application in order and we would be pleased to provide
any additional information which you may requ ire for the same.
Yours sincerely,
ffrtJ ｉｃｍｾ＠
Ajay Kumar Ray
President
As Operator of Kharsang Oil Field
Encl. :
• Application form duly filled in Form-A
GeoEn pro Petro leum._,,L. _t"""d_, . _.ｾＭＭＭＭ

Head Offi ce : ＲｾＢ＠ Floor, Express Trade Towers 1, 15-16, ｓ･ｾｴｾｾ＠ 16A, Film City, Naida - 201 301 (UP), INDIA
Tel. . 01 20-4060450, 2510201 Fax: 01 20-4060499 Email : geoenpro@geoenpro .com
Regd . Office : 7, LGF, ｓ｟ｨ｟ｲＺｾｳｊＺｩＡｨ｡｟ｖｩ｢｟｡｟ｲＺＮｅ｡ｳ｟ｴｰ｟ｨｾｩＬ＠ｄｾｬｨｩＭＱＰ＠ 092
• Land Map showing the required land area in a scale of 1:50,000 as Annexure-A 01toA27
• Land Map showing the required land area in enlarged view as Annexure -A-1 01 to A-1 27
• Survey of India Toposheet no. 92 A/3 showing tentative demarcation of Kharsang Oil Field along
with existing and proposed well locations as Annexure - A-2 01 to A-2 27
• Total land required for the proposed drilling and the detailed break-up is enclosed as Annexure-1
• Environmental Clearance Certificate enclosed as Annexure-11
• Undertaking for compensatory afforestation from user agency as Annexure - Ill
• Undertaking to bear the cost of NPV (Net Present Value) from the user agency as Annexure-IV
• Mining Lease deed with Government of Arunachal Pradesh as Annexure -V
• Copy of application submitted to The Secretary (Mines), DG&M for Re-grant of Kharsang Mining
Lease as Annexure - VI
A N N EX U R E - I V
C O PY O F EX IS TIN G
FO R EST
C LE A R A N C ES FO R
K H A R SA N G F IELD
A N N EX U R E - V
N O C FR O M
N A M PO N G FO R EST
D IV I SIO N
A N N EX U R E - V I
H SE PO LI C Y

NOSUWAT6 EIAEMPReport

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NOSUWAT6 EIAEMPReport

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GEOENPRO PETROLEUM LIMITED

EIA for Development & Exploratory Drilling at Kharsang Oil Field,

Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited, New Delhi

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY…………………………………………………………………………….. vi-xiv

1.1 BACKGROUND ………………………………………………………………………………... 1-1

CHAPTER-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 KEY INFORMATION ………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1

CHAPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………..…………………………………... 3-1

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. i

CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT……….…….………….…………... 4-1

CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………………….…….………….……….. 5-1

CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 INTRODUCTION ………………………………………………………..……………….…….. 6-1

CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS ……………………………………………………………...................... 7-1

CHAPTER-8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN….... 8-1

CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

9.1 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION …………………………………………………………….. 9-1

CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

10.1 INTRODUCTION……………………………………………………………………………….. 10-1

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ii

ANNEXURE - I Copy of Existing EC, Environmental Compliance Report and CTO

Table 1.1 Applicable Acts and Guidelines …………………………………………………...... 1-5

Figure 1.1 Project Location Map……………………………………...……............................. 1-2

Figure 6.2 Flow Chart of On-Site Emergency Plan…………………………………………….. 6-19

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

ACE Asian Consulting Engineers

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. v

• Oil India Limited (40%)

• Geopetrol International Inc (25%)

• Jubilant Energy Pvt. Ltd. (25%)

• GeoEnpro Petroleum Ltd. (10%)

Objective and Scope of EIA study

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vi

Name of the Project : Development & Exploratory/Appraisal Drilling

Number of Proposed : 05 wells

Well Depth : Developmental Wells: 600-1600 m

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vii

Climate and Meteorology

Table 1: Land Use Distribution of the Study Area

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. viii

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ix

Table 2: Demography Profile of Habitations in Study Area

Name of Total no. of Population Literacy

1 Longtom I 252 621 499 1,120 38.44%

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. x

5. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

An Environmental Monitoring Program is suggested to monitor environmental parameters

Drilling & Completion of wells

Drilling Operation Phase and Post Drilling & Well Completion

 Obtain an early warning of emergency conditions so as to prevent a negative impact on

8. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xiii

9. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

10. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. xiv

 Oil India Limited (40%)